\
'/
/
vi\ Wi I /
GlAry
^m JANES DJYAUGHAN IC?
Music Publisher
LawrenceburgJenn.
ROLLING ON THE WHEELS OF TIME.
Rev. Walter E. Isenhour.
2
James D. Vaughan.
T5^
tn r J^'r 1' -^
1. We'reroll-ing on the wheels of time, wheels of time, As the days gopass-ing
2. We've rolled along a-cross the years, all theyears, With soma -ny ups and
3. Oh, let us trust the Lord each day, Lord each day, To di-rect us ai-ways
4. The mile-posts on our earthly road, earth-ly road, We are pass- ing, one by
M^
£
AJ g *
1^
5
te
pi
«
3E
^rrrr^
Wt
*^-
SSi
by, pass-ing by; Andsoonwe'llleave this earthly clime, earthly clime, For the
downs, ups and downs ; We've had our heartaches and our cheers , and our cheers , And our
right, always right, That we may nev-er go a-stray, go a - stray, In the
one, one by one, And soon we'll reach the soul's abode, soul's a-bode, Whenthis
^ & h e i i J ^ A J Jl
m
i
■V-
nt
■v-
-^^^
v-
t2pC
Chorus.
I
[g^EEE^^
a
izfc
p
homeland in the sky, in the sky. We're rolling, roll-ing on the wheels of
days with smiles and frowns, smiles and frowns. rolling,
paths of sin and night, sin and night,
fleet -ing race is run, race is run.
i
£
^
£
?
^E
33
time, We're rolling, roll-ing, roll-ing on the wheels of time; We're going, go-ing,
£&£
£fc
§fe^
i FTftrro
P^j
go-ing to that land sublime, We're rolling, rolling, rolling on the wheels of time.
V— h-^^r
HA Ik— ri* li-
I if '-
fe
=^=2
dz:
COPYRIGHT. 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
imrise in
OUR 1936 BOOK
FOR
Sunday-Schools, Singing-Schools,
Revivals, Conventions
and General Use in Christian Worship.
AUTHORS:
JAMES D. VAUGHAN
Adger M. Pace,
W. B. Walbert,
J. T. Cook,
J. E. Marsh,
R. E. Jordan,
W. H. Nelson,
O. C. Hood,
M. A. Graham,
J. B. Paris,
L. E. Butrum,
V. S. Rushing-,
M. L. Ferguson,
V. M. Nipper,
Chas. W. Vaughan,
James D. Walbert,
Luther Drummond,
J. W. Vaughan,
Barber Edwards,
M. D. McWhorter,
W. L. Matthews,
Mrs. T. E. Barry,
Mrs. H. O'Donniley,
Theo Powell,
W. C. Woodward,
W. C. Carter,
Audie Brown,
G. K. Vaughan,
G. T. Speer,
L. 0. Brock,
Gertie Rast,
W. M. Ramsey,
M. H. McKee,
P. B. Collins,
Alphus LeFevre,
Stacy Abner,
Palmer Wheeler,
Floy DeVaughan,
J. R. Parker,
G. D. McNair.
PRICES:
35 Cents a Copy, $3.60 per dozen, postpaid.
Shaped Notes Only. Manila Binding.
JAMES D, VAUGHAN
music publisher
Lawrenceburg, Tennessee
Copyright, 1935, by James D. Vaughan.
SUNRISE FOR ME.
Chas. w. Vaughan. James d. Vaughan.
"But unto you that fear my name shall the Sun of right-
eousness arise with healing in His wings." Bible.
i
r-t-r-p
£
w
t> h p*
¥
$=^
H 1 N — t
&EJ
^4 *
1. On the hills of glo - ry, light is break -ing for the day, And this
2. On I go re - joic-ing, look-ing for my com - ing King, Lift - ing
3. When I reach the cit - y, that sweet homeland of the blest, And the
S4qt=it
£
-£=z
feEJEEg
S
5^
A 14 1* 14 14 A 14 A A H h hi
P P T r p p H D b u^
i— ^
£=£
M=i£#
i i i
iE3
* ■■ J J *p
e
light ad -vance- ing, drives the shad -ows all a -way; With a joy un -
high His prais - es in the songs I dai - ly sing; When that day is
Sav-iour bids me en - ter there and be at rest; What a day of
*=fc
^
:g g— ff-
£
u g g
S£
-y-
"; 1; b P"
D. S.— Keep the flood-lights
- —I 1 J * -*— • *>
ES
mm
jj — 5 — j_
rt— ft— T>
—I A 4—
EiE
:£
-V-b V-
ceas-ing, I its bean-ty now can see, Glo - ry beams are shin-tog, bring-ing
breaking and His face we all shall see Com-ing in His glo - ry, 'twill be
gladness when my loved ones I shall see, Hal -le - In - jah, glo -ry, 'twill be
i t\ J\ m- m [S
J iL »A l-__-gl_^
WP 14 14 14 14 14 14
-1 U U ^=K
!£==£
^~
9=^
£
p u b i> P u
streaming so Thy beau-ty I can see, Glo -ry beams from heaven, it
lipri
Fine. Chorus. , , k
±r
t£
^
zfc:
sun-rise for me. Glo -ry beams from heaven shine on me, yes, shine on
*- £ ±1 jl ^
t~ 1~ I — -l r-A rA 1* A A 4 a A1 A A.
me,
§te£
£
-->■--
t
m
v-v
V-
=&=£
=£
-J— J-t-
— I S 4 —
ti
/;. s.
Bring - ing to my soul a ju - bi
U
lee,
w-
b u
ju - bi
lee;
COI'YEICHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGIIAN.
No. 1.
adger m. Pace
SUNRISE IN GLORY.
m
i
b
James D. Vaughan,
wm
s
±r
_±
t) ^t- -5- V
1. When the sun of life goes down, I shall then re - ceive a crown
2. Je - sus is Him - self the light in that land so fair and bright,
3. Sun of right-eous - ness a - rise in my soul, and let me rise
»
V-
mt
3
&
£—£_
U J u
^E
^
BE*
S
"> ^ -4- -4-
In a bright - er world than this; For an - oth - er sun will rise
Not a cloud will o'er us roll; For the bright-ness of His face
On the wings of love di - vine, To a fair - er world on high,
[>
r> p
p
M — U-H-
S
gy
I
SS
MP
ft h~r
£
=fc
H
^=r
?
fill - ing all the vault - ed skies, With His glo - ry, love and bliss,
light -ens all that heav'n-ly place, He's the Sun -rise of the soul,
where the soul shall nev - er die, Bless -ed Sun -rise, Thou art mine.
P J •#•• *- f f-
P
*
ess
^ — F
K^
v-
Chorus, p
V-
n h h
_# 22=
-V
JU
H
94
3
E5
~i
t-T—J^Z
f^
— ^— 3"
Won-der-ful sun-rise
Won -
in glo-ry, In the
§^PS
der-ful sun-rise up in glo-ry, up in glory, Praise the
-A A — A A— C^A Ifc-ri A 1 1 A I A^ =A-
U l> u
^^
-w — fcj-
54!
Won-der-ful sun - rise
3
^
-« 9 P P-
!» P I* *
U P u u I
Cit-y built four-square; Lord, I'm go-ing there.
that's built four-square; ^ I'm go-ing there.
I
^t-
k-
Uk- j^-
^L
,-fr Jt f -f
-*- -*1- -3- -5- -♦-
m
v— y-
u u i
4=t
COPTRIGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. TATJGHAX.
No. 2.
THE GREAT CHANGE.
James Rowe.
James D. Vaughan
3,
h~^V
£
bs^j=^
*=fc
*
r=*
F*"
1. No long - er I wan-der of sin grow- ing fon-der, For I am a-
2. I'm now on the right side, the peace-ful and bright side, My sins have been
3. Gladyearsare be-ioreme,love'sban-ner is o'er me, His love is o'er-
rtytf-k^f
i=
ff: k E
*
M
-y — [) <j p"
t> b b b
n2:
3
B
>-
fc=^=^
■ft — h-
-«-
=3=
£:
*
ffi
shamed of my past; The light is
all washed a - way; The Lord is
flow - ing my soul; His arm will
up - on me and Je - sus has
be - side me, to keep me and
up -hold me, His love will en -
m
4^=£=
EE
v— \h— V— b
v-
£
D. S.— With Him
b 3h P t=
am walk - ing, with Him I am
Fine. Chorus.
*US. I
won me, His love has redeemed me at last. "All
guide me, And dear-er He grows ev - 'ry day.
fold me, And glo-ry waves o - ver me roll.
?Io-ry to Je
"Glo-ry to
*5d2
k * k-
m
^-il v»
1 p b ^l
p=p=b=
talk-ing; For He has redeemed me at last.
IN h 3.
A
£=J^=£
H^f
tv iv (v ™t a^
p p u [I 5
I'm joy- ful-ly sing - - ing,
joy - ful - ly now I
sus,
Je-sus,"my King,
3
~" _jb.
'All glo - ry to
sing,
fefci
BE
:^b b 5
=P=p=
Tr-^-
£*
0.51.
33
b~T~D b b ^r
S 3
J
* * s~
Je - - sus," glad prais-es are ring
"Glo-ry to Je-sus" my King, glad
-« « * -B- -■- ■■- m ^_
- - - «ig;
■ ly they chime and ring;
A
gja k k k -1^
P=P=P=P=£=£=
3 3
COPYKIGHT, 1035, BT JAMES D. VAUGHAK.
« ^
No. 3.
LORD, SEND US THE POWER.
fcfc
£=£
tV
3=#
jy
Adger M. Pace.
£=
£=^=
t±=*
*===*
-^-
1. We read in God's word how the Ho - ly Ghost came, Bap-tiz-ing be -
2. His won - der - ful corn - ing great pow-er doth bring, He helps us to
3. This won -der - ful pow-er is prom-ised to all, To all who will
A ^ A- A A-
t=?=?=t
m
-t-
5=5=5=
?=&±
¥
tr"F
v — 5-
I
_& h.
£==£
-#= * ^ ^ ^ 5,—
liev - ers one day; The fire of His pres-ence so set them a-flame,
sing and to pray; Gives pow-er in win-ning lost souls for the King,
trust and o - bey; We're pleading Thy promise, we've answered the call,
A ^ ___A h
1
±= g— P— r
====
MM
£=±=
Chorus.
*
i
±T^Z
=?
*
That sin - ners did fall in the way.
Lord, send us this pow - er to - day.
Lord, send us this pow-er we pray.
—A r^ « A * D P-
Lord, send us the
Send us the pow - er while
2ZSZ
-U— ^-=>— p=
1 — h
v-
"P P p p p-
1
=P
fv-p-
i=W
F
j*:
pow - er, We plead for the pow - er, That
hum-bly we bow, We plead for the pow-er, the pow-er just now,
=-==>■
==
=======
^
^— V^"
v-
-V-
-5 — 5-
M » 2- a m a =g^ 4 ■ g [j d y
h h
«
1
cleanses from sin, makes ho - ly with - in, Thy sane - ti - fy - ing pow - er
-fr ^ -fr -g- . ■ i -^ i * it f a « • » -
-y-
-y-
£=
^ — 5-
-y-
e-
===
=P=
=P===>
-^f
COPYRIGHT, 1935, ADGEK M. PACE, OWNEH.
No. 4.
IN THE HOME-LAND BY AND BY.
JAMES ROWE.
D-
W. B. Walbert.
£^3
$=$■
'UUH+1
1.0ft the path grows drear-y and our spir - its wear - y, Oft the bur -den
2. When the storms as-sail us, though our cour-age fail us, Still on Je-sus
3. End of night is near - ing, dawn will be ap - pear -ing, Making bright both
k_k— k— k
£
A A 'A A A »~
£=£
V — 9 — b=£
p r> r>
! — si — xt-
gsfebfcbfc^l
*
B
makes us sigh; But we '11 all be singing, with our heart-bells ringing, In the
we re - ly; For though all is sadness here 'twill all be gladness, In the
earth and sky; We shall cross the por - tal and have life im-mor-tal, In the
=S=§^=
S
i=^=
«— «^
£=^=^=£
BE
£=£
b b U
IS
Chorus.
^
t=t
I
*
t»
b b •<-
home-land, by and by. In the home-land, by and by, yes, by and by,
| -A- -*- -*- -A--*--*-
i^
s
-y — u
BE
ifcl
±>=ir
*=■:
5=^
3=^=t
-* — 5
Where no heart will ev - er know a sigh; We'll re-joice for
will know a sigh;
*
A
:t-
§
ffidt
i=tc
IS
¥=5=
=£=£=
±~£
i^nr
s
rf£
at
3 3 M—^
i
£=3=3=3
ev-er, by the crys-tal riv-er, In the home-land, by and by
b ' b b .
I
^ -f- ■> • c
yes, by and by.
§E££j^-f^juuy
fcfc
I
££
EP^
OOPYBTGHT, 1035, W. B. WALBEBT, OWNEB.
No* 5.
JESUS IS PLEADING FOR YOU.
W. B. WALBERT.
E n J J h
G. T. Speer.
5
te=fc
v
¥
KB
1. Je - sus is ten - der - ly plead - ing, Plead - ing dear sin - ner for
2. Long He has pa-tient-ly wait- ed, Turn Him no long-er a-
3. This is the day of sal - va - tion, Christ is the truth and the
4. Think how He suf-fered on Cal - v'ry, Je - sus, the Sav-iour of
fes
&
±—
4=
gffi
: — F^-L-k k k k k k-
K'b E B J bb
n
v-
b b
g^t-nOT
4^3-
H
you; Won't you come now and ac - cept Him, Take up your
way; On - ly a step to the Sav-iour, Will you not
way; No oth - er way to reach heav-en, Come to Him
men; Pay - ing the price of your ran - som, Mak - ing a -
esfej
^SK©^^
w
-b— i y— ±
*=F&fW±—±
v — b-V
m
Chorus.
f> — h
m
cross and go
take it to -
now, while you
tone-ment for
rt
thru?
day?,
may. .
sin..
Je sus is plead - ing for
Je - sus is plead -ing
you, He's plead
i r
ing for you, He s plead-ing f or you; Come, at His
Come to Him now, at
j-i — w w — rjl £ a M*rr-M * A E — -&-
I p— >m— 1 1
£
m
v=&
-m — u — ^ — ^ — p=
w3=i
y~p b
irf?=^
r^
i
iR^
t Hrr
feet hum - bly bow, He's wait - ing to save you now.
Biri^E^n*
to save you just now.
BE
b b |» p 'b -b
^=^
^f-
COPYRIGHT, 19 3 5, G. T. SPEER AND W. B. WAI.BEET, OWNEBS.
No. 6. SOMEBODY KNOCKED.
"Behold, I stand at the door and knock. "Rev. 3: 20.
James Rowe. James d. Walbert.
May be used as Soprano and Alto duet.
g^^^g^^^f
in
fit
1. De-spair-ing was I in the gath-er-ing gloom, I dread -ed the night as I
2. Tho'oft-en in vain He had knocked in the past, His patience and love won at -
3. De-spair-ing one, list, There is some One out-side Who wants to come in, be your
m
t
?itt
*
n
J i E
SEt
f
^4^-
£
7~~b~P b U-^-
b b b b
tr-tr
£
^
h — h
=£=£
i i i V^-4-4^H^^
dread-ed the tomb, For wea - ry was I of my bur -den of sin, Then
ten-tion at last, And long- ing for some one lost hope to re -store I
Sav-iour and guide, Don't turn Him a -way, for your soul is in need, And
-A- -A- -A1- -*-^A- -A- -A- m -A- -A- -A-
M
9 b P-
b 'b b b
P P" u
Chorus.
■V-
fe
> si «-
Kfl h^ ^ M ^: 3 ~
J
v
-y knocked and I whispered, "Come in."
His knocking and o-pened the door. 'TwasJe -sus the won-der - f ul
"a won-der -ful Sav-iour in-deed."
• 9 a o W U
some-bod
heed - ed
He is
1
;-^-
i=i=y
=^=p=
$=£:
"p—p"
t*-
f
P=0=P=P=
^>—4-
f=f
^UUUU
fr^V
CT
-^ — ^ — ^ — 4-
-p
-K^
g
b .1 b
Sav-iour of men, He ban-ishedmy fear and my sin, my sin; To-day I
^
f
ac
s
b b b b
tr
y-
b p b
=*=$
b b
t
whole, with a song in my soul, I'm glad I in- vit-ed Him in.
in - vit - ed Him
-a- $■ P-±--*-.hfPPh
g, g g A. p \4 • sl.
b=p=b
-y— ^-P-
b=t=b=b=b=
in - vi
^=p=
COPYHIGHT. 1035, JAMES D. WALBEKT, OWNEH,
No. 7. WHEN WE MARCH THROUGH THE GATE.
James Rowe.
Adger M. Pace.
#4^
L ^ 91 — 9 & — 0 L-^
ft=^
3
1. Tri - als will be end-ed and our la - bor done, When we march
2. We shall see the mansions of e - ter - nalrest, When we march
3. We shall meet the martyrs and the saints of old,
3i=E
es
£:
^=^
±k
^±
r^— fi — ^ B * 5 — h — k
^— e-
»g
£=£=*=£
fctt
g
89
0*=*
-&-
I
thro' the gate; Joy will thrill the souls of those who
thro' the gate, the pearl -y gate; We shall all be hap-py that we
Eap-ture will be great-er than can
-£ee
£
m>=t
-5-
the high-est, to the
Fine.
D. S. — Glo - ry in
I
st=
S
PPP
E
£=*
P b 1 * <
i
fought and won, When we march thro' the
stood the test, When we march thro' the
e'er be told,
gate.
gate, the pearl -y gate.
-ff- -f -f-
-g-f-f-F
-W^ — L i A1' 1 1 1 —
as
£=*
p g i
i
Lord we'll sing,
Chorus.
r fc
7^
P fil
*• *~
5fr-f>-ir
i
w1^ g
£
-£— g
« — F
When we march thro' the gate,
When we all shall march, thro' the
pearl -y gate,
And be
W=w
v-
#
•r~a ' - x
HS
4
D.S.
Z22I
E
hold that throng who for us
And be - hold that might-y throng who anx - ious - ly
- ■- £ ^ £ g tfr g ^ J? Jj .,
wait;
a - wait our com-ing;
I
-P *-
P=
ss
^ 1 E ^^fepHFBi
^— '*-£-£
£=£
-$~v
COPXKIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE, OWNER.
No. 8. GET A LITTLE HEAVEN IN YOU.
L. D. Luther drummund.
tr
-h h
^M
n
&:
f
¥
£=£
g— K— fr-
1. If you are sad and lone, your jour -ney here seems long, Just look to
2. If you have tri - als here, you need not have a fear, Just look to
3. If you have lost your song, and all the world seems wrong, Just look to
IS -0- +- ^ ,. N
^
^Mm
*=*
F=P=^ — ^— 1 P P -P-
pfeJTp £
£=D=
-D-D
pp^
^i
£
ffr
p t %'
Je - sus, He will car - ry you thru; He'll give to you a song,
Je • sus, He will car • ry, He'll car • ry you thru; If you would win the fight,
Oh, let Him have con -tool,
■p- +- h. -#• *- K. 0 . ^
^b I i g D Tf g U* — k fr k p TTD 1 p p r
h— h
5
4U5
Fine.
fe:
&
§
§
-*— ^— *
ft
#
raa
^s
o
zfe
t
you'll sing the whole day long, Look up and get a lit-tleheav-en in you.
for God,andallthat'sright, Get a lit- tie heaven, sweet heaven in you.
He'll make you ful ■ ly whole,
Chorus.
D . S . — For you will have a
£
I J M
i=ii=a
x
trt
Let the Sav-iourhave con - trol,
Let the Sav-iour, let Him have con -trol,
J. I
±=t
I
f-P-r:
-^G
Ev - 'ry bur • den
Ev - 'ry bur • den
h
^L
i
I
is
^^
i==i=i
D.S1.
II
g C b L/
=ss=*
f^T
■p— y
He will " roll; Floods of joy will thrill you thru,
from you He will roll, Floods of joy will thrill you thru and thru,
1
i jra^j. l_*&&
^
t-t- r r
:t
JJJB
^=^
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 9. WE SHALL RIDE ABOVE THE CLOUDS.
i
G. T. S.
P^fc
*^—i
b-
G. T. SPEER.
*t
£
i
it
ft— ft:
ft
=F
-- — -« • ♦ ♦ — * *h-S»- p r i»gr *
1. When the dear Lord shall split the east - ern skies one day,
2. Glo - ri - fled saints of all the a - ges will be there, We shall
3. Go - ing a - way to be with Je - sus in the sky,
O J-3
£=^£
0 2 — p P P P P P~tr
^ 1 — -M J— ah— 4 — -A—
:£*:
S3
8
£ — r>
a - bove the clouds; Then we shall mount on
a - bove the clouds; Join - ing with them, we'll
Glo - ry to God, we'll
-f*- -*-
m
fEEE:
X~P — P — P — tr
D. S.— Sail - ing a - way on
i=^
^
ft
wings of love and ride a - way, ride,
sing God's prais - es thru the air, We shall ride,
live with Him no more to die,
J
we'll ride
ride
§K
i=&
mm
^3E
£
~v — P — b — P~ ■
wings of love with Christ to guide,
Fine. Chorus.
9
♦HW-<r-
ft
ft:
fc=ft
* K
fpTT
bove the clouds. We shall ride, In God's own aer - o- plane we shall
J'l « f- ■!« ft— « . ^ Q Jg^-
IS
ride, We shall ride, When these old bod - ies are glo - ri -tied;
^'bjl ^— »-^ — a — d — ^^ — 1» — fpLt
i»
-fr— fr
* — r-
|£t
t-
=t?
COPYRIGHT, 1935, G. T. SPEES, OWIJEK.
No. 10. MY PAST IS ALL UNDER THE BLOOD.
W. B. W. W. B. Walbert.
M — r-
I
0
m
4
m
r
1. I've been to the foun-tain for cleans-ing from sin, I've washed in its
2. When Christ gent-ly whis-pered so sweet was His voice, I stopped, in a-
3. I've chos-en the path-way that leads to the cross, The road which my
E
¥=£
BS
fifch:
t
£=£
^^
s
^m
=77^-T^
► ^
«
crim - son flood; My heart sings with gladness, sweet peace reigns with-in My
maze-ment stood! With hands raised to heav - en, I made Him my choice, My
Sav - iour trod; The ques-tion is set -tied, I've count-ed the cost, My
W
S
^
£
S
=3=£
v=&
I
$>=F
h-
i
Chorus.
£=s=ft
fed
P^i
*
5
I?
=F
=P— *
1
tp -^ -^ ' [> ' b
past is all un-der the blood. My past is all un -der the blood,
is un-der the blood,
£i-4=
Ff f ^,-r.JI
£.
tt
£
zS=n
a — g
izzi:
S
S
s
p EEi — a 1 fcr2=j=^— ^
=p=£
£
tei^
^:
£-4^
=1=
£
-i* — »-
r
gig
My sins dis - ap-peared in the flood; They are all gone for
dis - ap-peared in the flood;
i9,t- £ f t %■ tlPtZ t f g £,t -r
ee:FFFT
$=?
v
£
&>
SK
s
-JL
S3
^ir^r^-
5^&
3
*=B
ev - er, re - mem-bered,no nev-er, My past is all un-der the blood.
£
rl ♦
■*-£■
i
*— t-
jt
rae
^
a
^
COPYRIGHT, 1035, W. B. WAIiBEBT, O^TJEB.
No. 11.
TO THEE, O LORD.
Rev. Morgan Williams.
D-
i
fL
AUD1E L. BROWN.
-£— L<^
FS=F
? F
5^3
3
^=*
*
=?=£
^:
-«^-
TX
"P"
1. Oh, Lord hear my prayer and help me to bear The bur-dens of life as they come;
2. Help me to be true in all that I do, As on-ward I march to the goal;
3. My path-way is steep and storms often sweep, Dear Lord, I am trust-ing in Thee;
-*- -A- ^A- -A- -A- -A- « -A- Ik- -A- _ -A- -A-
£
£
Ej \) t
v=w-
-unr
f-g» g j-Rp— f
Ji
£
^
fe
at
=*
V
5b
"p-^ I i p « r - u
Oh, help me each day, to walk in the way That leads to the soul's hap - py
Re-move ev-'ry wrong and fill me with song, Oh, Sav-iour, I give Thee con
I know Thou wilt guide , what-ev-er be - tide , And lead on to sweet vie - to
-A- -A-
home.
- trol.
- ry.
~W W
■qt
s=±
i
B
=E?=£
V=&
l y V <g-
Chorus.
sh
^£
3
fcjt
33
-^
=f=£
Oh, Lord I pray for help each day, Now my
Oh, Lord I bow and pray just now for help to keep me day by day,
S
--£-
£
^=£
tr-tr
Hll
r>. A- h h, j
?
§£==1
3
+
at
tr-tr
all un - to Thee I re-sign, I re-sign; To Thee oh, Lord, I'll
To Thee I cry, oh, Lord draw nigh, I'll
' f-f-1
1
H= p_
_S 31
t
±P=5=
Jtzzjszzjsz^tzzfe
-v-
3
s> b±jj a
M^-
#
tr-tr
trust Thy word , For I know Thou art tru - ly mine .
trust the promise of Thy word, tru -ly mine.
H -H 0 —
^=£=£
£:
k ^ U
i i ■ l» u
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. TADGHAU,
No. 12.
IT COMETH FROM THE LORD.
James Rowe.
James D. Vaughan.
m
m
rfv— ft-
■#J? 0 — 0 4 ' i — -
3g^
1. There is joy di - vine in this heart of mine,
2. Cour-age nev - er fails when the foe as - sails, For it com - eth
3. Hope's un - fad-ing light guides me through the night,
«
3ES
h
h
£
i b b
B3
E — |c
^=f=
b b
3
^F^N=J
£
fcfc
^
3
Ev - 'ry day a song cheers my soul a - long,
from the Lord; Tho' a storm be -tides per-fect faith a -bides, For it
Light will guide my soul to the one true goal,
hi i. j> j > j
1 a, A.: AJ wa.
ig
i
G L)_C£i==
i
P
£=
b b
-b— b-^f
*
Chorus
£E
M=i
*=*=
:c.
ZT
3t
*=tt
T~
trir
com - eth from the Lord. Ev-'ry-thing I need Je - sus gives to me, Cheer and
-#- *. ». -0± -0- N N
&=
^
-t:
iJt^t
g=g=F
b bil b
mi
¥=b=
a
ESj;
I
£=*
^
£
£
a
Efc
geE^E^
3=*=?=£e£
hope and joy, grace to keep me free; Ev - 'ry day a song cheers my
m^m
ELlfc
£l
fcv
4*-
*
=P=
®
H^
»
£=£
P b
P^
S3
3d-
■*■
rr
b b I
soul a - long, For it com - eth from the Lord, the bless - ed Lord.
/-« A" * i* * .A"
4L
J? J? ^ J J-
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 13. MY HOME, SWEET HOME.
J. B. Paris. M. D. McWhorter.
femri— f
m
*
t^
1r
s=W
KB
1. I'm press-ing a-long o'er -flowing with song, So hap-py am I each day;
2. I'm find - ing de-light by day and by night, In serving the One great King;
3. He keeps me each day from go - ing a -stray, While here on this earth I roam;
£- £ = ,-A fi j£ a — i*— rE" — t — ^ — -k A-
t
mt
v-
V-
\) I b
15=H
i
=t
h
fv
FlNE.
s
y- — h—
i
* — at
£
1 — <p-
^FF^F
For Je - sus my King, whose praises I sing, Is with me a - long the way.
For He is so near to comfort and cheer, And gives me a song to sing.
Andaf-ter a-while I'll see His sweet smile, In heaven my home sweet home,
" . r* f. . _ _ J" I* J fcg j t f tl-^-1
^>-F 1 1 F F-
t
D. S. To heav-en, my home sweet home.
Chorus.
£==
3St
^^
4^
^
B
t^ -A
rrt
r c r t ' r c r
I'm go -ing a-long, And sing -fog a song,
I'm go -ing a • long, and
< A A 1 1 'A *A —
t #■ f -*-'
:p:
^
=2
a
f^
3
BE
i
? g i A
»t
F^
sing • ing a song, Of heaven, where saints shallroaiu, gladly roam; I'm hap-py to-
k. £ f ^ f ;
ttl ft
nr- * — f — f — f ^ i *-
£
^
£
a
g
^
^
$=
«p
K
1=1 k ¥=-A ** ~^h
2). 5.
^s j ir g
a
2 A.
JE
-
U I I fv-j — -l p i X)
I'm hap-py to - day, While go • ing this way,
day , While go-ing this way ,
i
jfc
m
js:
EE
J
^p
SE
6 r^
COPYRIGHT, 1934, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 14.
JESUS THE SAVIOUR OF MEN.
G. T. Speer.
MELBURN ODOM.
§3t
m P P 5
f> b h
J&gsN-
:sr
^-LJ— ?
1. Oh, what a won-der - ful Friend have I, Je - sus the
2. Hap-py am I in His ser-vice true, Je - sus the
3. I mean to trust Him what-e'er be -tide, Je - sus the
fi:
m
~
±
V P P P=
Sav-iour of
Sav-iour of
Sav-iour of
-» A. A A a-
=P=F
fej£2
fa I | P h -fy-
J: 1 ^ — *~
_«j-
i 3 ^ 8 B SF
33t
men; Giv - ing Him - self on the cross to
men; Do - ing what - ev - er He bids me
men; Then up in glo - ry with Him a ■
die,
do,
bide,
Je - sus the
Je - sus the
Je - sus the
fc£
M
-*!-
9 9 9
P P P — P~~
Chorus.
tr-tr
£=£
-♦^
i g a ^
-*^
m
l 'P P P^
W
Sav-iour of men.
r*
He's my
He is my Sav-iour and
won
won
P P
§
Jl
der - ful Friend,
der - ful Friend,
m
v 9 9 P~Ta:
Is
-a-5-
r
W — * — » 1 1 H a1 H- =£
i p A P ± I X H -*'
v-
rt
«S
On Him
On His sweet prom-is - es
JE LA J J^r?
I can de-pend; He has
I can de-pend; He has so ten - der
iy
A
-~
=y-
I mUJ
& h ft
5
?
53
$=
f
frf
saved me from sin, Je - sus the Sav-iour of men.
saved me from sin, the Sav - iour of
—, f* r^-r^ S ft ^ fi g i * «' J
*=£
r
men.
=£=5=
P P P
r
*
V
COPYRIGHT, 1035, G. T. SPEEK AND MEI.BURN ODOM, OWNERS.
No. 15. JUST THE BLESSING THAT I NEED.
W. B. WALBERT.
G. T. Speer.
4- h h h
p^-f^-^g
±r
it
-IV
%4
—r
*
1. Clos-erthaa a broth-er, He's the tru -estfriend of all, There's no oth - er
2. With me in the sunshine, when the sky is bright and clear, With me when the
3. He has nev- erf ailed me, glo-ry to His ho - ly name, Pre-cious, lov-ing
"A" -A- "A- "A- "A- "A" * **_ ® _ _<&_ ^ ^ o ~*r
-F
^
£=g— b— g
b b b b b
y — M — M — ^
£-£-
I
fe=te«E5=fefc£
£
h j) h
2
*
-*1-
— ♦ — -♦ — +jw-
tf
like Him for He heeds my ev-'ry call; Je - sus, my Re-deem -er, Oh, so
shad-ows fall, and days are dark and drear; Bringing joy and glad-ness, He's a
Sav-iour, He is al-ways just the same; Oh, I love to fol - low, close-ly
g
■£.
.J f f ^-f-
f^
£— *-
t^
g U U U =£=F
£
«3
tr- b
e-4-g£
£
8.
£
i
E
*
Fine.
it
3=£
is
-N-A^
'J U " b £>
won-der-ful, in-deed, Always gives the blessing, just the bless-ing that I need,
lov-ing friend, in-deed, Je- sus gives the blessing, just the bless-ing that I need,
where His hand may lead, Je - sus gives the blessing, just the bless-ing that I need.
-A- m -A- m -A- -4- -A- -A- -A- -A- -At _ -A- -A- „. fN N
^Tr-|7~1r"b l lb U Tr-p~g=g=^r~tr| g b— g p fr— |
Chorus.
D. S. Je- sus gives the blessing, just the bless-ing that I need.
h b h fc
i
Je-sus gives the bless-ing, just the bless-ing that I need, When I call up-onHim, He my
•A- -A g. Vf- ffA- -P- . . • . -A- ..-P--P-
HE
J=f
£=!*=
^-b— \hA>-
b b l b b g
uubbbbbb
i-j-N' J' d 1 Ell
fc^
D./S.
fe:
e
F F
E
3|
S
3
ff
b b | P b b
ev-'ry cry will heed; It is joy to fol-lowwhere-so-e'er His hand may lead,
-A- -A- "A- -A" -A- -A- -A^bp r, f f" f -
jrt:
P P b u
b b b b 1 i> b b b b b ^ ^
OOPTTEIGHT, 1935, G. T. SPEEB AND W. B. WAI-BKRT, OWITEKS.
No. 16. WHEN WE STEP INSIDE THE GATE.
J- W. V. J. w. Vaughan.
h h ji
1. All will be se-rene and fair in the home-land o - ver there,
2. We shall lay our bur-dens down and put on a starry crown, When we
3. We will join the blood-washed throng, sing with them the glad new song,
g£i
£
feE^£
¥-4-
P=t=F=P=P=?
bub P p P r
£
NM^t
:p=i
PT
+
:£
i
step in - side the gate; There our Sav - iour we shall meet,
step in - side the pearl -y gate; Tears will all be wiped a -way,
Then we'llmarch a -rouud the throne,
i4 rff — £ — ? — (* — S r4 — t— n* r4 A-
*
l D p
P P 'P P P P I"
1
=&-£
^
8
h„h &
Fine.
£
b' 1 ta
fS^J
it
g « v. -g
§ 1 g
=?
=a*
and our joys will be complete, When _ we step in -side the gate,
on that peaceful hap -py day, When we step in-side the gate,
crown the Saviour as our own,
£££
I4— g-
JL±
P=±P=P=P
Chorus.
g-J— ^-f^£^
^£
£
rtr
r
b b
When we step in -side the gate, Meet the friends who for us
Step in - side the pearl - y gate, Meet the
"v» i
feiEEE*
t
efct
a If I
m^
wait; In that fair and sun-ny clime, we'll be hap-py all the time
Friends who for us wait;
> J* . r4— i4 - i 4 4 4 ■—I4 4 I4 r4 4 4 A A
it£
££
':
^
fe££
F=^=P=| — p— p~Lp— p " I — p=Pzc^=P
V
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 17.
Perkin Meador.
A MANSION IN HEAVEN.
a
5
it
h
Palmer Wheeler.
£=!=
tUA
3E
f
£
^— •"
-*-*-
1. There's a man-sion in heav-en for me, for me, When I come to the
2. There's a man-sion in heav-en for me, for me, And a beau - ti - ful
3. There's a man-sion in heav-en for me, for me, 'Tis a won-der-ful
na
^
.ai
,1- *- t-
^=^k=
$=
^t
"D T D"
u u
tafc
£=4=
gg F *
■t
f^
3
-*-w
end of the way, the way; At the beau- ti- ful gate my loved ones will wait To
home it must be, must be; In that won-der-ful place, thru mar-vel-ous grace My
mansion they say, they say; Built of jew -els so rare, I'm go-ing up there With
Si
j
5=
£
B
£=£=
E |a V |4
t7 |
Chorus.
b
£
h
:-i
t=£
— 9* — v—
wel-come me home some day, some sweet day.
Sav-iour I then shall see, I shall see. There's a man-sion for you, there's a
Je - sus to live for aye, live for aye.
g-^ ££ ■». -J .p JU .F J? * * .r>
gjfbu i
S
^E
fc.
s
=F-y
-y-
:£—*-
v
m
i
4M^
B
mansion for me, When that glad hap- py morn-ing we see, we see;Ma-ny
* £ -^fir-t -fr-r £;f ^f i^
Wp
£=£
$=
a
■v-
=F
£
=F
I
*£
^
■ 3
P-
1:=*
fV
*
£
E g ; i s a
*:
2fe
F
loved ones will wait at the beau-ti-ful gate To welcome us home that day, bless-ed day
r_ .._ , i — h— h-+— t 1 — : i h— I — t — b m
s^
y=%
£
-y
n ' i
COPYRIGHT, 1935, JAMES D. VATJOHAIST AND PALMER WHEELER. OWNERS.
No. 18.
James Rowe.
P4=^
LOVE KEEPS ME HAPPY.
-A JL_
J. W. Vaughan
£
£
£
D-
*t
it
EB
U~Q^~3~^=^
3^:*
■"■J "*J
1. My soul is sing-ing, my heart - bells ring-ing, As I the up-ward
2. My years of sad - ness have turned to gladness, For per - feet joy a -
3. To heav - en go - ing, withpraiseo'er-flow-ing, For the Re-deem-er
ig
£eS
£l
£=fc
b 4 ^
* ▲ a *-
^=£=
v-n
t^-LT
I
fl
F^=^
£
*
^
rff
path-way climb, the path -way climb; For I am liv - ing, true
bides with me, a - bides with me; My fear has van - ished, my
I a - dore, Him I a - dore; In realms of glo - ry I'll
feb=i=tk=£
±*
r=f
— i — p— i 1 p — I — tr
D. S. — Of Christ I'm sing - ing, with
Fine.
h fa h
4 tL
£
m
^
^4-
rb D r
ser - vice giv - ing, With my Re-deem-er all the time, all the time,
sins are ban-ished, By Him who died on Cal - va - ry, Cal - va - ry.
tell the sto - ry Of Him who saves for ev - er-more, ev - er-more.
. . . . . '.. . . \ P
IB
J^
&
g b 9 U
£=
"■ -r^
joy - bells ring - ing, He keeps me hap - py all the time, all the time.
Chorus.
-J — £
h-
J£=£
the
pv all
F
• b P "' D —* z
Love keeps me hap-py all the time, And
Love keeps me, oh, so hap-py, hap-py, hap-py all the time, And
m
p-
s±±±
:t
£
v~v
i
£
*
£=i
C.S.
=3=
b^
helps
V
%*-
V
b
S
b b
me dai -ly the hills to chmb;
then it helps me dai - ly the rug - ged hills to climb, to climb;
■E J1 J
J I J f Ml
I
=£
V
b-
i r sr~
COPYRIGHT, 1935, J. W. VAUGHAN, OWKIB.
No. 19.
L. C. N.
£
MANSIONS IN GLORY.
- h ■ h "h n h n -
I-. C. NEWMAN.
£fe
£
i=fc
it
|SEJ
*
*
1. The Sav-iour has gone to pre -pare us a place, A man-sien of
2. He's com - ing a - gain to re - ceive us one day, We'll live in that
3. A man-sion is wait -ing for all who be- lieve, And fol - low the
-k- "k- f\
I" 1— A A il
iss
£
ErCH^
*=^
BE
g — P — P—
u b u"
=P=tP P P
! J d— j.- .j J T* ■ m c * 9 ■ — S — m — i ■
=£
t) v
beau-ty un - told; There all of the saved ones shall look on His face, And
Cit - y so fair; Oh, broth-er get read-y to meet Him I pray, When
Sav-iour so true; Oh, sin - ner this won - der - ful mes- sage receive, He
-k- -kr -k-
i
££
£=g=
4^-a-
£
t
£PI
^=£
b b b
"b p b b p-
v-
Chorus.
£-
«
--D-
£
i2-JC
T§TT
b p b b b
>av - - ioui
My won - der - ful Sav-iour
Bfcfc
He shall ap-pear in the air.
has a bright mansion for you.
A A — A A A — *L
S=E
£j±iC=£
£=p=
¥=P=
i* — s*
"P b b b
"t " b C c C
gone to that place, By faith, I its beau-ty can see, can see; Be-cause
Be-cause I am
^ ^ A A J ^ 1^^
5^^
s
£
^czbc
I
£
3=
HA- I* 1*-
b b b K
=P=
£=£
M-
tr^r
p— tr-T
i
i
Et=b
^^
£3=5
TtT
I have trust- ed His grace, He's build-ing a man-sion for me.
His and for me.
T , J E i
^M
Ife
b b 'b b b L P 'h P fr
COPTEIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAK.
P"
-* 0 — m-
:^~P~tr
No. 20.
THERE IS JOY IN THE LORD.
James Rowe.
fedM
James D. Vaughan.
— i c>_i
3ee£e£
¥=$=*
rr
1. There is joy in the Lord,
2. There is peace in the Lord, Hal
3. There is hope in the Lord,
4. There is rest in the Lord,
v-
y-
For with
■ lu - jah, Such as
Glo - ry hal - le - lu - jah, In His
E - ven
t E it E_|L t ig t
£=fafc=fc
4^ — g
=£— g U U
¥=£
SE
rrrr
i
Him I'm in
earth can nev •
soul - re-deem -
when the storm
Jl_ A jj.
ac - cord, in ac - cord; In the good old way I can sing to -
• er give, nev - er give; At His precious side, what-so -e'er be -
ing grace, in His grace; So no won-der I, as the years go
is wild, storm is wild; There is rest complete in His pre-sence
A ± J. ± A . m -Pr
*-rfr— fr
T—P P"
^=P
£=P=
^^
S
£=£
^
^J-^-J
Chorus.
day, There is
tide, All my
by, Long to
sweet, For He
joy, !
days,
look,
cares,
jreat joy in the Lord.
my days I shall live. Oh, hal - le - lu - jah,
to look on His face. Oh, hal - le - lu - ]ah, I'm
He cares for His child.
*
*
P=5=
i
5fc
* A 1 A A A -M A | A Ay
*V g t f g g >*
sing - ing hal - le - lu - jah,
All my sins are gone, I be-lieveHis word; Oh,
Oh,
1. JL JL
P=fi=t
*=£
-b g l> U~=g:
V=9
V=&
±^l
2
i
^^ r g'g 6 ^ g ^ ' "q^.
hal - le - lu- jah, There is joy in the Lord,
hal - le - lu - ]ah, I'm singing hal-le - lu-jah, There is ]oy, great joy in the Lord.
i
t k 1 %
m
■U-U—U— ^-
=«>
f ft g
COHTBIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 21.
Lizzie deArmond.
I'M GLAD IN MY HEART.
Chas. W. Vaughan.
§
fe=
-tr
-fr-t>-
:*r
fcffc
i
1. I'm glad in my heart I've a Sav-iour, Whowise-ly my path-way has
2. I'm glad in my heart for the bless-ings, He sends me from day on - to
3. I'm glad that His grace is suf - fi - eient, To wash ev - 'ry stain from my
planned, . . . I'm trust -ing the word He has giv - en, And loy - al - ly
day, So ma - ny I nev - er can count them, Like sun-shine they
soul, I'm kept by the pow-er of Je-sus, A sin -ner that
es
y—r>
V D i^P P P
:k=c:
u p tr p
i
Chorus.
?5
£
ffi3
is ♦•
g
wait His com-mand I'm glad, glad, glad in my heart, His
bright-en my way Glad, glad,
He has made whole
M
m=sz
v-
~r
S3
V~ V
p p p
x.
±
*
J3B
^W-
-» — -sr
^=^
•JUL; PU.pl'1
love keeps me sing - ing al - way; I'm glad,
yes, sing - ing al - way; Glad,
Pi
glad,
t ~! A! W-
4^
iK
Ji
7T; A as a: * £ a
W 1 J \ ^e
£t
1
£^33
Cl
«^
E
2=£
^TT^
glad in my heart, That I shall be with Him some day.
some won - der
£
ml day.
SJfrC "P g
I
some won - der - ml day
£— P— p-
5$
9 p b ^
^f-
COPYKIGHT, 1935, CHAS. M*. VAUGHA3?, CWTJEK.
No. 22.
M. H. M.
Andante.
WALKING IN THE WAY OF LOVE.
M. H. McKEE.
* * > J) 1 '
£=fc
fc
*
fc
s
f¥
£=^=£
4=^=1^=^=^
1. Walk-ing in the high-way lead - ing up to glo - ry, Guid - ed by the
2. Walk-ing in the high-way, nev - er from it stray-ing, Look-ing to the
3. Walk-ing in the high-way, guid- ed by the Sav-iour, E - vil can -not
-P1- tv -P2- -F- ~P- ~ ~. u N \. h^_
§
iE5
tr-r r: i*
b4b I B=£
5=
tr-^— r
$=«=£
fes
ft=t) E E
£
fc
£=S
sffi^a^Bi
S
Heav'n-ly Dove; Of His won-drous mer - cy sing -ing out the sto - ry,
home a - bove; Ma - ny I have known up there are safe - ly stay -ing,
from it shove; In the home a -wait -ing I shall know His fa - vor,
■-ft-
:£=£
^M=^=t
g=-b-b b g
tr-rtF"?
*=£
Chorus.
£
l
b p _fr
^^
g=r
fa3
£P
ZT.
^E^
Walk-ing in the way of love. Walk-ing in the way of love,
wondrous love,
§
52
t=-
t-F-h
£
-M -A- -A*- -A- -A- -A- J I
, .t" t~ F 1" f F ,•* - — -»•
^-i fc-=- — k Ia,* A: A -|A £r=
1
g I b tr-^-f — r~
tr-mr-ft
NN^
i^
ES
p" f p^
f=p
i
Lead -ing to the home a -bove; All the way to glo - ry
hap - py home a - bove;
5 F r: r r— f • ,r fr f: rS-E-
£
fc
*
£±rf
rt; A±— ft A' A
jfcj — at-
fr-p— y— $=£
:jt.
5 g p g
^fe
i
E=gLfoUJEz£ | e £=3=£
sing -ing out the sto - ry, Walk - ing in the way of love.
wondrous love.
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAIT,
No. 25.
Eugene Wright.
h .
VOICES FROM HEAVEN.
Mrs. Clara Brewer O'Donniley.
©-
*F
a: a a
-» — "i-r — ■ — * — x d — ?5 — ■ — ■ — ■ — ■ — b—
1. Of - ten I'm wea -ry, the path-way is drear- y, Out in life's low-lands
2. Tempest may sweep me, but Je - sus will keep me, While I am rid-ing
3. Now I am near-er, the home-path is clear - er, Je -sus is lead-ing
JtL at .*. -w- . e- t- w
*=F
-ft-
:«:
:~:
-HJ
±:
1 — r
i
t
^
still
o -
on
Sfc-
^=Er=r=t
I must roam; But I keep sing - ing, the joy -bells are ring -
ver the foam; On-ward I'm go - ing, so hap- py in know -
thru the gloam; Bur-dens are light - er, the sky-ways are bright
-k- Hk- -^-
IB=
t:
mg,
■er,
n*t i
Chorus. n
i
V* 1 P 1 ' i
/ [ «'■ J ft ' 111 1
*. ^ ^J w 4-
■^
frrt ?• 9 I M
■I
|
W Ai-
1 | ] i ]
vy A A A n
eT B
Voic - es from heav
ii JL 1. ^.
/.>-f A- A A A
(FA+r ; : | ;
■ en
9
call-
-k-
r
ing
-k-
— I —
6 CJ'
me home.
Voic - es from heav - en
are
A
^ — i y — i 1 —
-J
^-
— i —
— 1 —
* t-=-
i
_k — k k — ► k^-
1 U ' u
i
s
3ES
-fit-
-h*H=
-Ah
72-
call-ing me, Call -ing so gent - ly o - ver the foam; Call - ing from
k * -* ^ s^ -k- ^^ ; a
pip
-^L
-A-
-y-
-F — «-
--5--J--
r
glo -ry, Oh, won-der - ful sto - ry, Voic - es from heav-en call -ing me home.
1
-P-
ME
tt—±-±
f£
-£~
I
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VATJGHAST.
No. 26.
THE OLD CROSS ROAD.
James Rowe
0 hi
N S
K
Adger M. Pace.
\J\\> n k
l i )
R
A > J
/k L(l k p
1 T' 1 ' r r IV « •
-P
J H
fnr "q R _P
♦ S ^
\y\) ft jj]1 ■{
w -5- V v p
1. Oh, so ma - ny there are who are wan-der-ing far,
2. Ma-ny tired of the strife in the val-leys of life,
3. 0 ye sad ones a-stray, seek the on - ly true way
-A- -A- -A- -A-
» fi> & » a -\— T~ +~ "t~
And
Long
Out
-A-
■F
are wear - y and
for home, peace and
of dark-ness and
TZ .0 T T^
&Y ri f » 1
i i i ! r ■(•
((••'•, 17 I) K U
k |t « k li {>
K r r r
'A
IA
a A {A
^'r> h ft ! i
• f Dr> A y
-b b b b p u-
^— b— b— U
-e-
-P-
5 — y— v—
ri? h-
-h — h — f>
£
tr
S
fc
£t£
-p r> r^_
*
j:
foot-sore to - day; What a change they would find in both spir - it and mind,
com-fort and rest; But they seek not the guide who on Cal - va - ry died
sin and de - spaiir; Come to Je - sus the Lord, be re-deemed and re-stored,.
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
juu~— ^e^*—. ». * 9. t e ^ , jz tz r~ '|r .
ft
dt
±=fc
za:
¥
&
y b b b b p— 4^ b b
y-
te=#^
Chorus.
fr-f^-fv
&3=z£
£
£:
3
it
If they fol-lowed the on - ly true way.
For the sin - ful, the weak and de-pressed. Oh, the way of the cross leads
And go heav-en-ward un - der His care.
i
-t—
-t-*-
¥
«*c
^^
=p=t
-b b m b u=
b b b
v — i
Rit.
£
j-jrj>
^=^
RC
*
*=t
i v i v ' v \ v b b
home, The way of the cross leads home; There is on - ly one
leads home, leads home;
&:
r f r
B
4=-
*=fc
£
b.
E
^ s^ P=
-y-
£=
=b=£
t) U b-
-Jp±
fefei
-t—
road to the soul's true a - bode, And the way of the cross leads home.
*- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -Arl R
§
M.
I
d?V- a ^=±k — a — k
£ffi:
i^
w"
■v-
tr
COPYRIGHT, 1035, AUGliE M. PACE, OWNER.
No. 27. EV'RY SONG I SING POINTS YONDER.
M. L. Ferguson.
h — h — h — IV
£
Jv
James D. Vaugham.
MUUU
ff
:£
rf
«-^£
■P
U b [; [, y
1. Ev-'rysong I sing points yon -der, o -ver yon-der, Towardthat Cit-y,
2. Ev-'rysong I sing points yon -der, o -ver yon-der, Where our loved ones
3. Ev-'rysong I sing points yon -der, o - ver yon-der, Where Ilongsome
_e_ a. .ft. _*,. -ft. Jt
"F~T~=
£=t
£
fe
-y-
■v-
-y-
-v-
4^^
I
-ft— fr-
ill
~S — r*-
tesUr
"** y g * i A g a i a g
eJ i- i p U I ; P i) f £~ PT "3
built above, built a-bove; Where the Lord in all His glo-ry, all His glo-ry,
gone be-fore, gone be-fore; To en-fold us at our coming, at our coming,
day to be, day to be; To en-joythatthrillingwelcorne, thrilling welcome,
JL gfc. Jft.^. ^ AL^ A. A. A. .fe. A. A
s. — ' F — : * — I— s— si— f— £
e
-F — F — »-#ff
-t*-
=£
-V— P-
^^
■iH^
V-
v— y—
Fine. Chorus.
I
i
i=t
-#H*-
P
b
i b b il-r Y v
Dwells in per - feet peace and love, peace and love. Point
And the Sav-iours name a- dore, name a - dore. Point - ing
Wait -ing there for you and me, you and me.
fc- f- t- f- $r J j» ^ 4
mg
ver
'tm-
=£=£=
v-
D. S. Where His saint - ed ar - my stands, ar-my stands.
I
-#— g-g-g-
£
it
^^
s
-♦—
-A tl^. j-
IT
yon -der,
yon -der,
b
Point - ing yon - der, Toward that house not made
Point -ing o - yer yon-der,
_ft_ _ft- A. -«L -ft.
z^c
x£
_« |*_
5gg A £== A A A A 14 A ~ T^ S E
^-b g g Tb~~b— b— 9 b 9 ~ EE g ^:
with
fe:
1
£
i&
D.^.
it
-rVS-
-fv
LT C/ p b p r u b b
CO
b b b
hands, Point - ing yonder, Point - ing yonder,
not made with hands; Point-ing o -ver yonder, Point-ing o - ver yonder
-ft. ft- Sw- -w- A _ ....-ft-
*=t
*
.ft ft. ft. ft.
1r-is-
e
ft — » — F-
m p t
-b-^-b-b-b^b g lb b b-b-U-U
b P b b-
COPTBIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAIT.
No. 28.
I AM HAPPY WITH JESUS.
VIRGIL S. RUSHING.
§=s
m
Efcf
^
^— J— t
■ — f^ —t -1- -J- ^t ^£~
-^ j? ^ ^ =*
1. I am so hap -py with Je - su9 I love, Serv-ing Him dai - ly, as
2. Peace and great hap - pi - ness sure - ly are mine, Mak-ing me shout as I
3. Saved from the world, and from all it can give, Je - sus my Sav-iour has
hi i , A J. J
^=4i
i J-
-&■ I.
h
ij
I
5
&a=s
E
StzzE
f r
-Sto-
V §*- -*. ~ir .-. fcfr- ---*" tj^
on - ward I go; All my af - fec-tions are now up a - bove,
trav - el a - long; Je - sus is with me, oh, glo - ry di - vine,
sane - ti - fled me; Now, and for - ev - er, for Him I will live,
hi i . 1 + J - I.
M
E
LA
h^
-^
1 i
r
r
Chorus.
r
#
V
-fV
£
w=t
3±
±
£
:izzi
2±
H_L_q a| «_
=* -*- -± d: 4 & ■&.- i)
Oh, 'tis great joy this sal - va -tion to know.
While He is near, I can nev - er go wrong. I shall keep press-ing on in
Trusting His grace, soon His face I shall see.
U^- -:— *— f-fFs— £ I i~~i — 1~
1
ft
«=y=
1 — i — r
£
fc
dHP^r-fc=dB^ffi=i
3£=g«=3
S
;r ■
"d*
5E^
r-
won-der - ful love, In sin I no more shall roam; With Him I shall
P : I . -*Zl J J*JU
ftfe-gy-b-
ipr
^K
r
4sL
fez:
-y-
-y-
i
r'
jE^gm^^E&Ei^mmm
live in those mansions a-bove, That will be home, my e - ter - nal sweet home.
lijJlJ J.
I
i^
-f— f
&-
-k — ik-
F^
£=£=y=T»
{=• i ' ' p- i i i
COPTHIGHT, 1035. JAMES D. VAUGHAX AND VIRGn, S. HT'SHITCO. OWNBRS
No. 29.
WHAT A DAY, WHAT A TIME.
Aoger M. Pace.
£
5 : s ~1
G. D. McNair.
&&=$=$
i
ga
^
1. When the day is done with the vict'ry won, Then the call will come from the
2. What a shout of joy will our tongnes employ, When we all shall meet in the
3. He has made it plain, we shall with Dim reign For a thousand years on the
££#?=£
#=*:
ikzzk:
3eb
■# — ^~
£=^=
^=p=
$=£n
£
^
V
=F=f=g
Ji
^ — » s * • « 2 « * '
sky, from the sky; En -ter in - to rest with the good and blest, Where the
air, in the air; Round the fes - tive board, with the Christ a-dored, 'Twill be
earth, on the earth; Thru e - ter - ni - ty we shall ev - er be, Prais-ing
— f» «-4>k— rs fc — * — f — «— 4=— £— T-
m
it
^m
a
£=
u u
-Xr^r
v-
^
B£
-t"fr
Chorus.
•'
-y-
. I* b j
souls of men nev - er die,nev-er die.
joy to be with Him there, o -ver there. What a day, so sub'
Him for Hismatchlassworth,forHisworth. What a day,
£ £ f
Sfce:
g^
y— t*-
~ — r
*>-
£
-ft-
i
«fc
=P=
t*
^3
t*
BEE
u u
lime, With the Lord all the time; Songs of praise
so sublime, With the Lord all the time; Songs of praise
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -Jk~ -A- -A-
m
y=^-
5FF*
E
£=p:
^— «—#—*-
-P-y-
Tnr
a
:_:
£=^
-► — K-
r^-
u p I Dpi"
we shall sing When we all crown Him King.
we shall sing When we all crown Him King, crown Hiia King
SEE
s v \)
-fcr-
f- tr je < •> ** J
-F
«:
^
COPTEIGHT, 193S, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAS AJTD ADGER M. PACE.
No. 30. WORKING FOR THE MASTER.
W. C. W. William c. Woodward
To my children, Wymon, Norma and Wanda.
*
£
S=l
fv
±t
m
m
it
r
W^4^
*
1. We are lit - tie sunbeams, shin-ing fair and bright, Work -ing for the
2. We are hap - py sunbeams, shin-ing ev - 'ry day, Shin - ing for the
3. When our work is end - ed, we shall hap-py be Safe at home in
h
-M * (2. . m m m *_
£ -f £
-U-
*
'$$A-± V B^
v-
V=^
^[) It U— U-'
:;=
mi ▼
■&■
=F
-A-
~ij p i "V \r
those a - round us, by a
oth - ers hap - py as we
lit - tie fac - es there will
Mas - ter, in the cause of right; Help-ing
Mas - ter, all a - long the way; Mak-ing
heav - en, thru e - ter - ni - ty; Smil-ing
mo* e e. ff f? . a ff_
^
ZJ£=JE
£=£
^=P=
-fr— A-
¥
t*
P=&=
Fine.
-fv
-♦-
^
word of love, Point -ing lit - tie chil-
go a - long, Giv - ing hope and cour
bright-ly shine, I will look for yours
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -4r -*-
1 " -7b"
dren to the home a - bove.
- age with a cheer - y song.
and you will look for mine.
-A- f\
-is fc. k 1 —
E
Sfcfc
£=£=
±
v-
D. S. — Point-ing lit - tie chil-dren to the home a - bove.
Chorus.
0 rt 1
K
h
h
y. 1/ i
i 1
A
j
/yj-b- <s^ ^
-# —
■
&L
— >d —
_
fe)^-* — ♦ — *—
-T»
-*■—
~1*~
— - —
<^
eJ - 1 ■ 1 1
Work - ing
We are work
-A- -A- -A-
1
for
-ing
-A- -A-
the
9
Mas-
-B-
ter
-f-
dear,
r
Work
Glad ■
•
r
r r
ing
work - ing,
(P 9
C i v
[*•, 7 A 1.4
1 ' 14
k
-K
f 1 i..
r*
Ul i - |
e
! 0
V V) t •> |
ff
j
■ 1
1
1
r1
P1
L>
b
i^L
.kaJ
i
1
i> — b-
IT
M>
D.S.
-*---
we will nev - er fear; Help-ing those a ■
round us, by a word of love,
-A- -A- -£r
a m "F"
COPVKIGHT, 1035, M". C. VOODWAED AND JAMES D. TAVGHAN, OWXEKS.
No. 31.
COME, ALL YE WEARY.
LIZZIE DEARMOND.
p> b
Sara Ann Smith.
it
-p F | <igj-
d-
• 1. Come, all ye wea - ry souls and lad-en, Lay down the bur-den of your sin;
2. Why walk a -lone a-long life's pathways, Youneed a guide who knows the road,
3. Come, all ye wea-ry souls and lad-en, Your heart shall find in Him sweet rest,
-±
i
£
■It
P p p P~
p p p p
±
■£-4>-
d=
nip
»
^t=
*
^-^-- — -— --^
Yield now un - to the Spirit's pleading, The Christ will make you pure with-in.
Who '11 lead you on a - mid theshadows, And share with you each heav-y load.
Ac - cept the par-don free - ly of-fered, Who trust in Him are fill - ly blest.
JA_±-l£ *
-«L JL
m
icujc
*
i=
Mg >
P P b? P
-p— p-
I
Chorus.
ttd
t-trd'
i
^
-h-
rn
p c p g
~9 W~
Come to Him now, rev-'rent-ly bow, He will
Come to Him just now, and be-fore Him bow,
ff=§=
iir g r g £==
t+
=*=
*
£=£=
£
^
¥=P=
-p-
I
i J- f J J ,p<
£=^=±
-ft-
32-
s 3" 'P P^^
If you are sad,
V
E P P f
cleanse your heart and make you whole ;
He'll make you whole;
-*_ -*- ■#- -*. Sfc- -fc- -*-
p It. M k
£
If your heart is sad,
fcfce
S
*=$
-y-
^U [> b 9
'■> v 5 \>
I
-fe— ft
^d^=££=»
^-^
-A 4 A A 41-
p p U U ! *^
you will be glad, When you let Him
you will be so glad,
^T
1
*3I
*=£
A' S [ t * fc A
^=^
£=£=£
con-trol.
complete control
#=&=%
COFIEIGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. VATJtt&AN'.
No. 32.
IDLE NOT YOUR TIME AWAY.
Milton Maddox.
E h h h
MUL
I
ma
A
=f
3^3
1. Why stand ye i - die all the day, all the day, When there is work for
2. There are so ma - ny souls a -stray, souls astray, They long to know His
3. When you have reached the glo - ry-Iand, glo-ry-land, On heav-en's bright e-
— A A A— A . A-; A A A —
— I s 1 1 r"- B a d —
54:
*
£=£
1^
£
1
BEfete
^:
b h h h
S
^=^=^=t
JE*gi=J
25h
TT
shi-
f U C f
all to do, all to do? The Master calls, His voice o -bey, voice o -bey,
precious love, precious love; Go tell them of this bet -ter way, bet-ter way,
ter-nal shore, happy shore; What joy to take them by the hand, by the hand,
*=fc
I
S
SB
-^
-y— y-
k k>
£
i
Fine. Chorus
2±
u
r c.C i -n*d^b
Oh, bro-ther, He is call-ing you, call-ing you.
That leads to Him andheav'n above, heav'nabove. I - die not your
And know they 're safe for-ev-er-more, ev-er-more. I-dlenot
11 h
!
£*.
^ i
-i J.
t
+
5
5 b b b b Fp
Fr=F
D. S. So i - die not your time a - way, time a - way.
h
fc
»
±>:
J
" -©^ -*- " i — "p~ *
time a - way, Work for Je sus ev - 'ry
your pre-cious time a - way, Work for Je - sus ev - 'ry
LiLJ, *-*■*-£ g "h
Bs
f * E V
B=£
ffiE^
-y-
¥=£
-y-
£
f"
Z>.6\
HE
*— •— A— A-
u b b P
£
m
day; He your la - bor will re-pay,
day, yes, ev-'ry day; He your la - bor sure - ly will re - pay,
-J P P P
A| Al A
§
?jfc^
Jfc.
£fc
gg^ES^
£
rn
t-f
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. VATJGHAN.
No. 33. A TOUCH OF HIS HAND ON MINE.
H
!dt
b-4L
^=^
Adger M. Pace.
i n n r
1K
1.1
2. I
was
had
lost, sad and lone when for help I cried, Then I heard
wan-dered a - far in the ways of sin, All my light
3. As the light bright-er shone out a -cross my way, I could see
£55-
±
?\>4- A L
*s=tp:
b b f
b — h— f^
I
b b
-ft rV
V
%
^=^
ft ft
3^3
-ft — ft-
*
some one say, 'twas for you I died;
had gone out, and no hope with- in;
cleans-ing pow'r in the blood for me;
-^- -*- -*&3" ■♦• "♦*■ "♦•
In my grief, I looked up,
Je - sus spoke words of peace,
So I plunged neath the flow,
is
ip:
Wr^-
P P P t-V .J*' I v U >
D. S. — By His grace, sav - ing grace ,
h, Fine.
-^ — r^!, h — v
i
a
h fa h
< — j — j —
3E
i
■ B~Z i 3"
s
:fc
S
- - i - "p £.3 : " p
see - ing Christ di- vine, I was saved by a touch of His hand on mine,
light of love did shine, I was saved by a touch of His hand on mine,
say -ing Lord re - fine, I was cleansed by a touch of His hand on mine.
t> r> p
jt-
ibC **£ t-t-£-
%--
=£=g
^=p=
-p p u
v=^
1
I can shout and shine, I was saved by a touch of His hand on mine, i
Chorus. 3
mt
B
3
S
3t
*? JTTTTTTTTTTTf
He saves me,
He saves me, com-plete -ly saves me thru and thru,
1 .P P P 1 P .J J* -*-.-<-.
B
v-
=P-
i
Je
ft
I2±
4
Z).S.
3&
ff
r^t \> t F
p p ' p t*
He saves me;
yes, saves and sane - ti - fies me too;
He saves me,
3 - y = i
o
-*-
4=-
-F-
H
^
?p*^
£B£
P p
Yes, He saves and
COPYEIGHT, 1935, ADGEK M. PACE, OWHEK.
No. 34.
A. M. P.
fM-N-hj
THAT IS THE PLACE FOR ME.
Adger M. Pace.
£=£
-*j-B* g gj
0
a£2=&
:e£:
-V
«=g<
-*-
:»:
™ --»■ 9 9
1. They say there's a cit - y with walls made of jas-per, Be-yond mor - tal
2. They say in that cit - y that no one shall en - ter Ex-cept those from
3. They say in that cit - y that life is e - ter-nal, For death nev-er-
4. I long to be go - ing to that ho - ly cit - y, Where all are so
lag
?E
Ega a
rrrrn
¥=?--
^=*
b
i
i
p— «)-
m
m
EE5
eyes to see, to see; The gates there are
sin madefree, made free; For God is the
more shall be, shall be; The theme of the
glad and free, and free; And join in the
-c^-
-fl«-
pearl - y, the gold streets are
ml - er, and all must be
a - ges will be Christ the
sing - ing where praise is un -
I
-w—
m
Chorus.
b b
#£
=fvF
£=fc
3
fcfe
ixx
-j-m-l;
"-Sr
tr^n>
shin-ing, Oh, that is the place for me, for
ho - ly, Oh, that is the place for me, for
Saviour, Oh, that is the place for me, for
end-ing, Oh, that is the place for me, for
me.
me. Oh,
me. Oh, love-ly
me.
Cit-y,
Cit-y, thou
&fc
:£=£
a
=£=£
fe— E~fr"
mmmmm
i
R)
3=stte
-A— A
blest Cit-y, I long to a-bide in Thee, i
blest Ho-ly Cit-y,
-k — I —
iday; Fair
Beau-ti-
is
fe
g£x
Cit-y,
ful Cit-y, 'tis
4*
J* IA 14 1*-
£££
g g p
6«^
•EE£
*=£
II
HP
£
£=fc
* *ld
God's Cit - y, My home for e
ter - ni - ty,
t~Z-r
God's
Ho
■iy
Cit
■ y,
f1 f-
f
_w-
i
e -
ter - ni - ty.
2 J* JL
£^i=
k,*-
— ks—
k
L
— L —
*
— ■- — ■—
— n bi-
*
*
^-
^pj>
=t-
-H
U
-J —
4>
*=
— y — #-
-1 —
-i —
L^
COPTBrGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE, OWNER.
No. 35. ALL THE WAY MY SAVIOUR LEADS.
Rev. G. W. Maddox and C. J. H.
C. J. Hamrick.
m
h
^ h fr
fr-f-j
»: w
^z
x*-
XpL
1. In this world we have de-pres-sion, Debts and worries to an-noy;
2. In this world we have our tri - als, Sore temp-ta-tions hard to bear;
3. In this world we have our sor - rows, Shad-ows dark obscure the sky;
US:
B
b=t=g?rf:
-#-
S3c
itr-f-S
^-U
1
±
-tH?' — y-
=P— *-
But there's One who goes be-fore us,
But if we are on - ly faith - ful,
But we have the sweet as -sur-ance,
Who can change it all to joy.
He will own and crown us there.
That the clouds will all pass by.
■*- o * * -*
/•S1^
JlZ^—^1
\3L
P 'J
-L) tfr-
^— -W-
I
Chorus.
All the way my Sav-iour leads,
my Sav-iour leads, Firm-Iy
25b
#=£
' | rp p p p p-
Is
£
irrr:
holding
Hg=
to His hand, to His dear hand; And I know that when this life is
JL
-b—b—y—y=&
^—v-
■v-
£=£
a
ZSqn:
£=£
:^=S:
=zd
Erf
nr^
T
p T>
o'er, this life is o'er, Glad-ly, with the ransomed I shall stand.
shall sure-ly stand.
JtL
Sfei
-£•-
P P i — m-
-P V i> p p^
-V-
P p
COPTRIGHT,
P P
1935, C.
P
J. HAMEICK ASD JAMES D. VAXTGHAN', OWNERS.
No. 36.
G. R.
COME INTO THE LIVING WAY.
GERTIE RAST.
-r r r r
P-tL
M-f> P £=#
£
T
. ~b p P — 3— *~
1. If you wish to win the fa - vor of the bless - ed Lord and Sav-iour,
2. Look a -way to Je -sus broth -er, trust in Him, there is no oth- er,
3. If you wait un - til to - mor-row, it may mean your last -ing sor- row,
. . . p r> n r>
-A- -At- -A- -AH
-ry-
*
=y=^=
~fc — Is — F
=£
=fc
=P=
y-
V bu u~
b b P
si
8
ifc— £
^ j h r> h -h-
p-3-4-bg±
it
f^=F
3Z1:
*=t
P"
Come in - to the liv - ing way, the liv - ing way; On - ly heed His ten-der
He's the true and liv - ing way, the liv -ing way; If you make complete ob-
Seek ye now the liv - ing way, the liv -ing way; He will take you home to
_ -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- o -*- -P- "A- • -A- -A- -A- -A-
1 t>
S=ti=b=b
b b I
v-
I
-fe:
£_A
B^E
E
P P P
D. S. — All a-roundyoumenare
h
£
£ &■
J>-
SSE
fc*
HE
-r»-
P P P ■ P
call - ing, while the pre - cious tones are fall - ing,
la - tion, it will mean your full sal - va - tion,
heav-en where the crown of life is giv - en,
J- -Ah -A1- -A- m -A-
m
£
-V— g P-
Come in - to the
Come in - to the
Come in - to the
• r
&
p-
11
dy - ing, Don't you see that time is fly - ing, Come in - to the
Fine Chorus. k k
m
2sb
3
C ? ? I
-y-
liv - ing way, the liv - ing way. Come in - to . .
Come
± JL
ti
the liv - ing
in - to the liv - ing
4=-
:g=^
s
3E
2±
£-£
D.S1.
r-HS*8
-»-g»— p-b*1
ffl=gf
=5=
17" P l ^-— -^P \)
way, Won't you come with-
way, the liv - ing way, Won'tyou come with'
I
n
£
U P
out de-lay;
out de - lay, with-out de - lay;
• -A- -P- -A-
=£=£=
a
=v
b U b
#=£
£=P=
COPTBIOHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 37.
WHAT A MEETING!
James Rowe.
fl-fr-"
'$=h=$r-
P33
±£=4
±z
-fe-
-fv
-fc-
James D. Vaughan.
-B-
fe=^=
15:
m
Z5ZZ£±z3
-Ah- 1
V
1. Tri - als will be o'er, we shall sigh no more, When from earth we shall be
2. When we join the throng and up - lift the song, In the presence of the
3. Faith-ful ser- vice done, crowns of glo-ry won, Joy- ous rest for- ev-er
Bjjy, 4 k- C t* k
f^fffr
=P=^
-a-
-V-
£:
_g^
^
*
-fc>— 0-
S^
d2
s
3
^=B#=fc
-h— h-
*^ — * — ^ — a-
f 5 G *
3
■»"
§
free, we shall be free; We shall sing God's praise thru un-num-bered days,
King, our Lord and King; When we see His face in that hap - py place,
more, for -ev -er more; How our souls will shine in His love di - vine,
•TfcV -A-
• y . »• k — 3^-^ — ■ — t" "!~ r* —
idtez
a
fc
P 0 u p
g >r
p g U— £
£=
=P^
m
iFn: * t- j
£
#=&
Chorus.
S
*
*+S^
^
VI KIT®
By the shin-ing crys-tal sea, thecrys-tal sea.
How the glo - ry-bells will ring, the bells will ring. What a hap - py meet-ing,
On that ev - er hap-py shore, the bap-py shore.
P fe J) J* ! ^ -p- .. -«- £ fr
fe
JL
Tfe-#~
s
-jH-j-
^
jE 1* '^~1i~~fc~
S b P b
i
BE
*• «p j* -tg-
F
3
M
9 — ♦ — m-
a — £-
:-z
.r.' ft h ft
what a happy greeting, O-ver by the sea, the crystal sea; When with sorrows
~& <t!r <f Ir.f^ > phe..?-* .>&*■»■ >>J>
Bfl.U-U-i> ^
H
k F k
&
*
li' 1 L L 1 ^-1^~k F E
t±t
I
IT- T
passed, we reachhome at last, Safe for all e - ter - ni - ty, e - ter - ni - ty.
£^t|LJiiltd
r> ft
fe±
£^4
s
&5:
£
=p=£
COPTKIGHT, 1035, BT J4MES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 381
HAPPY ALONG THE WAY.
W. B. WALBERT.
at
£H±
h_
H. Archie Harbin.
■f) h
H
vry
-<r
-4-
1. Since I heard tfie Saviour's voice and o-beyed His call, Since He came in -
2,1 am feast-ing on His love ev - 'ry day and hour, Worldly pleasures
3. Oh, I love to tell the news what He did for me, How He saved and
WaZRj_ r
_£_
-S_
_Q_
^
■t
¥=b=
Si
F
tr^r
=P=£=tb=b=
tfi:
fc
it
ES
-fe-
fc=£
>-
=*=
:b=
£=£
3i=
fc.rj2
- "'• - " p p
to my heart to stay; Since I put my hand in His, crowned Him Lord of
hold no charms for me; Je - sus sweet -ly sat - is - ties, keeps me by His
made me ful - ly whole; How His blood can cleanse the heart, set the cap-tive
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
"t mi jpiz * ^ ,,# e t it 5f-
^=4c
4s=jE
E
^=
S
=F
P=b=
=P=b=cP
1
3
E b h
Fine. Chorus.
£:
BE
£
■> — p*-
p b P u
■Ss
all, I am hap-py all a -long the way. Ev-'ry day,
power, Since my soul from sin has been made free. Ev-'ry pass-ing day,
free, Turn his steps to-ward the heav'-ly goal.
■« > F /f-fr'f
E— <
^-g- [k ^=£
E-t
gjjy. k k— k^fc:
¥=
EH
b=b=
^— P=*£
p=p:
D. S.— He is keep-ing glad this soul of mine.
jX
^^
m m m H
S
:S=
p — b F F r =*-
ev - 'ry hour, I am feast-ing on His love Di
Ev - 'ry day and hour,
I
^r£
t=^
£=k:
k_ k k k £
E
p=^
P b 'b b =P=P
c
it
u,
±
D.S*.
S
n
b b b b I * b u p b
F b P r
vine; All the way, by His power,
His love Di-vine; All a -long the way, by His saving power
# g H. - - - - -P- -P- -
I —I H —
I
dz
S
*=§:
r T .»
it— ^-
BE
-.-
£=£
^=
*=
p p b b r
trp-
COPYRIGHT, 1935, JAMES D. VAUGHAN AND H. ARCHIE HARBIN, OWNERS.
No. 39.
J. T. E.
ON LIFE'S OCEAN.
J. T. Ely.
3
±r
XT
&=£
-fv
:*r
#
-A-
1. I was sail - ing on
2. Then I lis - tened to
3. I was drift-ing on
4. I'm so glad that Je
life's o - cean, Drift-ing to
that whis-per, That was call •
in dark-ness, Not a ray
■ sus found me, What a joy,
^S
I knew not where;
ing un - to me;
of light could see;
I'll sing it o'er,
-A- -A-
1
$=^
t±4-l I
-U P P
P~ t^D=y
:P=¥
£=R
1
£E^
b-
h~±F_
ife
£
s a a a —a & a o ' £i
Till it seemed the Ho - Iy Spir-it, Gent - ly whispered in my ear.
It was Je - sus sweet - ly say -ing "Come, and I will make you free."
Till I felt the hand of mer - cy That was reach-ing out to me.
And some day with Him in glo - ry, I shall live for - ev - er - more.
SSirf
ifczzjczzk
±
Ifc
s
£=p=
Chorus.
V — y— 4>
m
3t
Jt
ftr£
4=*=
^=#
Then I
1/
iii t -■-
1 J b
start - ed to my Sav - iour,
Then I start - ed to my Sav - iour,
m 2L lz
I'm so
I
fcfc*
FP^
t
V=¥-
fe=J
:^=
s-dz
glad that I can say, I have found Him,
I'm so glad that I can say, I have found
.« ft e — n*. e — fa k ^ ft-
^
— FF
i
§
ee
h — b
^*
S3
t?
A AT
■ "f -r -r- x
hal - le - lu - jah, And He washed my sins a - way.
Him, hal - le - lu - jah, And He washed my sins a - way.
15
•g— £
£
^r— *
P-r^-*-»
S
a
^=p=
COPYRIGHT, 1935, JAMES D. TAUGEAN AND J. T. ELY, OWNEES.
No. 40.
Luther g. Presley.
u
*m
ON THE GLORY SIDE.
41
£=£
mi
W. C. WOODARD.
£=fc
£
J
&/ 3 J a :
^^
±
*
^
*
1. My soul was tossed a -bout by an - gry waves of doubt, And fond • est
2. The drear-y clouds a - bove were rift - ed by His love, When on the
3. With this sweet An-chor sure that will for-e'er en - dure, My soul is
bK
hopes were oft de-nied; ( oft de-nied;) But since the Saviour's love turned all my
cross He free -ly died; (free-lydied;) And now my soul can sing "all hail" the
ml • ly sat • is ■ fied; ( sat • is-fied; ) His precious love di - vine has made my
H-JL
i *
^-^-
't-
Fff
==£
m
s
Fine.
*
4
iz^t
J=3
2±
r~& ut
a
thoughts a - bove,
bless - ed King, I'm liv - ing on the glo • ry side.
path - way shine, the glo - ry side.
t- r J t- 1 j fc | *tr ,■* j j £j
h^h^. B E r. ir .■ u— k— H
£
:t
:f=
f^
=fr
Chorus.
^
the glo -ryside, (the glo-ryside,) My ev'ry needhasbeei
been sup-
I'm liv • ing on
£
jt-
£
£
m
i
^3 i
$=£
ra^
n
fe
b b l>
^=^
«
Z).5.
1
a a:
3=2
<M=
c rt t c —
plied; Since Je
has been supplied;
■ sus took con-trol, there's gladness in my soul,
m IttlltlP— Ilxtff-fn
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN AND W. C. WOODARD.
No. 41.
D. H. B.
COMING BACK HOME.
A
-ft ft h fr
5
^=£
D. H. Bailes.
TT
^r-
^
1. Out on the bil-lowsof life I've beentossed, Outfrom the shore, on the
2. Drift -ing from home and my moth-er's own care, Turn-ing my back on her
3 Far-ther and far-ther in sin shall I roam, No, I'll go back to my
4. Fa - ther in heav - en for - give me I pray, An-swer the prayer of my
-a- -a- • _ £= £ £ • -F- £
p— p p— y i P P P
waves I've been lost; Floating a - long with the tide day by day, Thoughtlessly
love and her prayer; Sow-ing wild oats with the care free and gay, Tak-ing no
moth - er and home ; Back to the place where in love she each day Knelt when she
moth - er to - day; Now that she's gone up to heav - en so fair, Help me dear
m
9 9 V
h h
"P P V
V — P-
£~P !7
=P=P=^
Chords.
F
» ♦ ■
srp — • p ' ff
drift -ing still far-ther a -way. .
thought that I'll reap them some day. I'm com - mg back to lhee,
looked up toward heaven to pray. Je -sus, I'm com- mg back home and to lhee,
Sav-iour, to meet her ud there.
m
y-
-p-
P U P P P^
V~V
*=£
1
£;
j J h
b b b
Hear Thou my ear - nest plea, Wash me and
Hear, I be-seech Thee, my pen - i - tent plea, Oh, Wash me dear Saviour, and
j. # f. Jl #. -Jt + . -£r +r -*r -*- j- +- -*r
R3
p b b— F g 9
P P
=£
&=D P b b | ■
fy l * ? P S — E
rf
=±
e b
i
b b
s c b r
p ' b b
shall be whit - er than snow,
then I shall be whit - er, much whit - er, yes, whit - er than snow.
- .PL -p- JL J> J> _P I
^
^b g u — g-
^=F
-r
COPrEIGHT, 193S, JAiEES D. VATJGHAN AND D. H. BAIXES, OWNERS.
No. 42. WHEN HE COMES TO EARTH AGAIN.
Adger M. Pace. W. B. Walbert.
I
^S.
3B
£
P=P=P ^r-h-ft-fv-h
1$=4
t
I
P^^t
j=J-N— 3 3 jjji 3 ,^
1. There are some things in this world that we can nev - er un-der-stand, They are
2. There are some who have the corn-forts of this world within their hands, And they
3. Oh, I won-der at these gaudies, howthey'llfeelonthatgreatday When the
-A- -A- -A- -A- -fr-rfcC-fr --jLjL
-Az
v=£
=p=
14:
^ — — w — h^ — — b^ b P p p b p
h=fc
^B^^5==&
W
£=£
4=^
^3
Sf
:3:
-sh
far be-yond our rea-son to ex -plain, we can't ex-plain; But the rec-ords
seek the lat - est fash -ions to ob - tain, yes, to ob-tain; Yet, some oth-ers
Mas-ter shall re - view their life so vain, their life so vain; And shall say to
^ * h ... 1 -f P
g
a
^_-g--H-g"-4— i— F
p p g
£
fc£
p p ' p p
b b
h b b fc
=N=b J'— fa h h-r-ftrjrft
s
%
> tap • • r
V
U P P
will be o-pened, and we'll know just how 'twas planned When oar blessed Lord shall
just as wor-thy, can-not meet their just demands, Till our blessed Lord from
them de - part ye, yes, I won-der what they'll say, When in pow-er, He shall
£=£
-•- 1»-
*=K
J3-
£
P P b P"
b b P P
b b b b b=£=
=£=p=
i
D. S.— When in glo -ry, He shall
Fine. Chorus. ,
==£=£
JS±
r^r
*
=^
^ b b w ' I b p
come to earth a - gain, to earth a - gain. We shall know
glo - ry comes a - gain, He comes a - gain,
come to earth a - gain, to earth a - gain.
-a- f> p h r> h ^ J* i
and
We shall know and
-A-
g%=b^=y^
p p p gg
1
come to earth a - gain, to earth a - gain.
h b
Srf=£
3t
3=3=g3
un-der-stand, " When our Lord shall
un-der-stand, we'll un - der-stand, When our Lord shall
take com
take com
ggEEg
^
£
±=t
£
-g-b— g
=P=
=P=£
COI'TRIGHT, 1935, W. B, WALBERT AND ADGER M. PACE, OWNERS.
WHEN HE COMES TO EARTH AGAIN. Concluded.
jLjj p ft .fr.
D.S.
a • i i r
p p p p ^~ 1 ^u- "^w p
mand; This unfairness all will van-ish, and we'll have a right -eons reign,
mand, yes, take command;
A *■ A
-ft- -ft- -ft- -A- +- -A
T5f— »
-ft. J*- -ft. .ft.
A- t- g g +- jM -A- -A- -A- -A- -g-
£=t
SI
-y-
£=£
:P=v=P=£
No. 43.
I FEEL LIKE TRAVELING ON.
Wm. Hunter, D. D.
With feeling.
James d. Yaughan.
-d— fr-fr
1. My heav'n-ly home is bright and fair, I feel like trav -el -ing on,
2. Its glit-t'ring tow'rs the sun out-shine, I feel like trav - el - ing on,
3. Let oth - ers seek a home be - low, I feel like trav -el -ing on,
4. The Lord has been so good to me, I feel like trav - el - ing on,
-f- 5^- -g*
*=£:
±
=£=£
0 -
«»^
l i
|
1 K
K
■j~ , h-j — -
— i — i — i —
— e » —
-0—
=5 — =P-
n
; —
— i 1
k9 * rA A-
A * * 1 A
— A — A —
—A
-A—
— A A —
— *—
•
AT
H
•J #
! #
|
Nor pain, nor
death can en -
ter there,
I i
eel
like trav ■
el-
ing on.
That heav'n-ly
man - sion shall
be mine,
I :
eel
like trav ■
■el-
mg on.
Which flames de
- vour, or waves
o'er-flow,
I i
eel
like trav
•el-
mg on.
Un - til that
bless - ed home
I—-
I see,
I i
eel
like trav
-el-
mg on.
.ft. .ft.
-*- 4 - ~ ■*-
1
^ JL
ft
♦
ft
ft *
ft
*
iS?'
/-• U A A A
A A
▲
A A
A
riii
X. i
p*» r i r
r ! i
1
\^ i
i
r »
1
M —
-1- — y-
-p-
— i
-vv^-J
I
Chorus.
±r- fv
i
it
m
¥
'J <J P.I P P t I •
Yes, I feel like trav -el -ing on, I feel like trav -el -ing
trav-el-ing on,
A -mr ~ — - -»~ 0 a
£-g A A :-A A A A A l A"
^=^
±-
&M
± f
P=P=
y g-
-y fc*-
-P-
Off | i r 1 i i i
1 J m a a ^ h 1
«]•
i"
T P P 1 !
on; Myheav'nly home lsb
trav-el-ing on;
/.V« l' ! ! S 1 A A A A
right and fair, I feel like trav-el-ing on.
-ft- i * ft k. ■
I a g g J i * • i i Y i i*: ■■
gc , 0 b_i r i-jp A f — p_
i 1 1 1 —
-» — » — » — ft— m 1 i ■
1 — ? p
L : 1 —
-1 ! p p 1 i 'a- ■
JAilES 0. TAUGEAX, OWXEE.
No. 44.
W. B. WALBERT.
I
p p p &
JESUS LIFTED ME.
$=&
G. T. Speer.
is fs /s h
^=^
tffT^A — A — m A 4 d
*
B^t
#*-
^r
1. Once my feet were sink-ing in the mir - y clay, Sa - tan had me
2. On the might-y sol - idKockmy an-chor's cast, And I'm dreading
3. On I go re - joic - ing to the heav'n-ly goal, Prais-ing Him who
h r>
t F J
*=t
Sfd*
-M»-
UfP T* 'A— » fe P i,|,
5
*c=^
I
te=M=i
&.
h 4 j
i^M
h h h p
£=£
j11^ r"i
g
^=?
E
blind-ed, I had lost my way; But a sweet voice whispered, "Let me
not the win-ter's chill -ing blast; With my Lord to guide me I shall
saved and made me ful-ly whole; Glo - ry, end -less glo -ry, this my
l\ IS
6jfTu~rr
is^E
jj,t
t — c — r-
r, r N
s^g
SHI
S=P
F=g=g=t
t J j. b j> |
i
I
*—^
c
»
331
-feg-
=£
F=^F
~~ u-r- 1 i u p — r p
set you free," I sur - ren-dered to Him and He lift-ed me.
nev - er stray, Praise His name for- ev - er, for He lift-ed me
song shall be, From the depths of sin and shame He lift-ed me
§^fj=^f£j=f
££
1
=5=
g P P
£=£
Chorus.
r> e J i J J* h M
£dM s
3E
E
r &"• r1'
y u
From the mir - y clay, Je - sus lift - ed me, To the
From the mir -y clay, Je - sus lift-ed me, To
gB £ £=£
£
light of
the
1$
h*
P=£
T=n
ff b b Err — g p p i [> =5==p:
day, set my spir - it free; Praise His nan
light of day, set my spir - it free;
f I* I I*
light of day, set
^ T T £.
V V V V
free; Praise His name for
spir - it free;
j ^ ^y — 14 — I*-
ttt
&$$=¥=$
m
e
^
COPTEIGHT, 1035, G. T. SPEEK AND W. 13. V'ALUEKT, OWNEKS.
JESUS LIFTED ME. Concluded.
P-m * h 1»-
:i
^§£=
3L
*:
IjEqE
tr^P y -y ' i P b ^ P l THT^b
I will doubt Him nev - er, For He saved and lift - ed me, He lift- ed me.
£:
fcS
*
=P=
P^
P=
bb b b P
V-
No. 45. TELL IT EVERYWHERE YOU GO.
James Rowe.
m
A A 4-^\-
*=P=
fz
W. B. WALBERT
JU_i
3p=*t=4
1
0UT h — ^— i — i
3
* » T ' b > b
1. Je-sus saves from sin, maketh pure with-in, Sal - va-tion free He doth be -stow;
2. Je -sus keeps the true, leads them safely thru, And hides them ev - er from the foe;
3. There are mansions bright in the world of light, For all who do His will be -low;
£=t=
P J? J?
£=£
a g g ± — a a b g
tr-p-
feM
£
*
*
t=frr-+=i
*±S
All will be re-ceived and of guilt relieved; So tell it ev - 'ry-where you go.
Cheers them on their way to the land of day; So tell it ev - 'ry-where you go.
And for- ev -er there they the crown shall wear; So tell it ev - 'ry-where you go.
& & J?
-A-_ -, - - ■ -M- -a- -41-
-*j- -a- -A-
5=w=b=
ra
S
^s— k |^_y:
£=£
£
trlr
Chorus.
I
£e±
2d5
-^-
P
5S
-#<S^-
f^E b p-
Oh, tell _ it out, And let the weak and way -ward
Oh, tell it out and sing it out,
r> h r
know;
snrt
-A- -A- -41- A- -Ai-
5 — y — g — f
F
&
S
2Sti
^
2*
r?
■p— p-
Oh, sing and shout, And tell it ev - 'ry-where you
Ob,sweet-ly sing and glad-ly shout,
§ f IL g
H^
D 1 D
AK -AT -AJ-
b P £
*=J:
^=b
:^
S
tg
W. B. WA1BEKT, OWNER, 19 SO.
No. 46.
HE'S A WONDERFUL SAVIOUR.
M. H. MCKEE AND R. E. J.
8va.
R. E. Jordan and son, Victor Hulok.
Mil
ft-
-£-
fr-
v. Srfv
s
>s-t5
w
±m
1. We've a won-drous Sav-iour, keep-ing by His fa - vor, As we walk
2. There will be no sor-row in the great to-mor-row, Per-fect joy
3. As His grace we pon-der, all our hopes grow f on- der, And by faith
IDE
£
4=£
■F
Sva.-
frHJftWB
:&
>s-5-5
-~-f-.
*±3S
-g-^
£
in the pil-grim way; He is ev - er near us, by His love
will be ours up there; What a won-drous meeting, glad and hap -
we His face can see; So His glad praise sing-ing, to His love
i
-p bpE=-i
r-
#
+*?<
t=£=£
8va.-
±zJ=±rJ-
->r«f
*£ — g-
£
He cheers us, Lead - ing on to the land
py greet - ing, When we meet in that land
still cling - ing, In that home we shall ev
of
so
er
day.
fair,
be.
i=^?
#
~f^
£
Chorus
4
±=&=*^3E
^hN£
=s-
^-J— H
=*=£
4— m
*~§±
*
U ~ w ~p I 7I U
He's a won-der-ful Sav-iour, and keeps by His love, Lestourfeetfrom
Jk_ jv
1*- -A- -A- -A- -f— -+—
-p 1 ■ 1 m 1 1-1 1—
the
-A- -A- -A-
:£
=^=£
v-
^*
; p I p p~
:^:
P "T>F"
b _l_
&.
apzat
#
E
-!♦—
path of du - ty stray; hal - le - lu - jahl He will show us His
t
■<:
fa-
ic=te
tri — fcr-b
COPYRIGHT, 1035, K. E. JOEDAN AND JAMES D. VAl'GlUN, OWNEHS.
I
HE'S A WONDERFUL SAVIOUR. Concluded.
h b i h
ft-±
:^
-ftr
^j
a:
it
^^
J«
-*-
^ -^ y _ ' ■ r t u i
vor till weineetHim a-bove, In the mansions of per -feet day, end-less day.
J. n M
r>'
-A- -A- -A-
E
I
v
-y-
■y-
-y-
=y=P=
P P P i
No. 47. HIS SEAL IS ON MY SOUL.
F. U. ElLAND.
-fVr-3—
A
woodie W. Smith.
=PP
&
£
-fV
-h-
■tv
-ft
lit
1. Since Je - sus did my sins for-give, And made me ful - ly whole,
2. Tho'Sa-tan in his fu-rious rage, Shall seek me to con-trol,
3.1 will not fear when storms a - rise, And bil-lows o'er me roll,
4. My heart on this is firm-ly fixed, That I will reach the goal,
-A- -A- l~^*v
■friT-ft
TO=h=
» „-
I
EE
£
-fv
■ft.
£
» ■!
rg~r
An ev - er -last -ing peace is mine, His seal is on my soul
I'll still as-sert my Savior's claim, His seal is on my soul
I'll trust in Christ, my ref-uge safe, His seal is on my soul
Where Je- sus is, and dwell with Him, His seal is on my soul, (my
-e — r_p — tt—.Jt k_
soul.
J-XJ.
5-ft g 1 ja a k
w
m
T-
v-m —
Chorus.
V
U I
d? — h-
-J — fc-
i^zrb-
£
=*
-*-
W w
§
rB
y I 1 - p^7
His seal is on my soul, His seal is on my souITTTT
-A- -A- -A- -A- _ s* ~v -A- a a I
:p— £ — »— frfe— ,-^
-a is n Q-S
• '*f f 9 T~
-y-
-y-
Frr r I4 !*-
tfc
-y-
-y-
-y-
-y-
■v-
i
rfr= I ft
a
:»*
No pow'r can pluck me from His hand, His seal is on my soul, (my
i
soul.)
1
§
J-^-J-
fffca=S
5 T B i C
-y— u y 1 ^
COPTEIGHT, 1910, JAMES D. VAUGHAU, OWNER.
No. 48.
WE ARE SAVED TO SERVE
Adger M. Pace.
James Edward Marsh, age if years.
3=1
Zsfc
it
St
*
FT
V
1. In a world where sin is rife, is rife, Ma - ny soul's are lost to ■
2. For His ser - vice we are saved, are saved, He com-mands us go to-
3. Ev - 'ry soul we win for Him, for Him, At His com-ing by and
i:
=£
±=
fefc-*
i
^=^
k k k
I
it
2&
it
1=
*
rrr- - - ~' i '
day, to - day; Let us help them in their strife, their strife, Find the Lord with -
day, to - day; Help-ing those who are de-praved, depraved, Find the bright and
by, and by, Shall be -come a sparkling gem, bright gem, In the crown we'll
1
i
£— fr-
¥=P:
js k
trir
£
"2±
£
Chorus.
33
£
S
33
£
e=J
*^
1 I" i i> v.
out de - lay, de - lay.
shin-ing way, the way. For we are saved to serve the
wear on high, on high. For we are saved to serve the
l>
1
^ — s-
4=
P
V
V
%,
^
A
b b
Jz^f-J I J J
3
i
i
Q:
3 — g-
:r==^
::±
tub"
Lord, the bless-ed Lord, 'Tis so com-mand-ed in His
Lord, 'Tis so com-mand - ed in His
).H)iiS -i j J *JLJ) J1 2
I
g Be
r=£^
45— h
£
H^
zJ:
j i^U
J? > I t
word, His ho - ly word; No we are not
word; , . No we are not to sit
tdJaj:
j£.
J.'
on flow'r-y
- lone, on flow'r-y
j
$
-*-
'■t
^=H 9 'M-^
^
=£=£=
COPYHIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. FACE AND J. E. MABSU OWNEBS.
I
WE ARE SAVED TO SERVE • Concluded
£=£=
2dz
^=H
-j±g
trr
P u D *" l1' ' £ u P
beds, but we are saved to serve the Lord,
beds of ease go home , for we are saved , and saved to serve the Lord , our blessed Lord.
^ hi^ r>
4T-TT
*
-A- ^
E
^£=P
*»-
| No. 49. REVEAL THY WILL TC
M. L. FERGUSON.
m
m
tf=4
5
5
1. Bow down Thine ear 0 bless- ed Lord, Andhearmy hum-ble plea, my plea;
2. My life, my all, is in Thy hand, 0 let me ev - er be, yes be,
3.1 crave a place to work for Thee, It does not matter where, just where;
-r *.
iffi«
3^f
Art
S£ee£
*=*-
1— j ■ 5 =
That I may be pre-pared to give my
A ser - vant in Thy bless- ed plan, Ee -
At home or where -so -e'er it be, Be-
life, my all to Thee, to
veal Thy will to me, to
veal it un - to me, to
Thee,
me.
me.
¥
J-X4
5
m, Ml
Chorus.
^m.
TW^F*
m
I f t
Ee-veal it un - to me, to me, Ee-
iP-
£JE
£
veal it un - to me,
-*- %-*- -F- -F- -F-
to
-F-
-PL
me;
-F-
£
I
3
S^^^
g J Ij j i jg^
5
IT
And what-so-e'er my por-tion be, Ee-veal it un - to me
hX_^_rfFt
i
me.
tfct
3c
3E
^f f~
-» » 0 B-
1 1 I 1
COPTEIGHT, 1935, M. It. FEKGUSOS AND JAMES D. VAUGHAS OWNEHS.
No. 50.
T. P.
I'LL SING THE STORY.
Theo Powell.
I
SE
b=ft=ft=£
^=rf:
£=£
-jk
$=±r_
1.1 am prais-ing my Sav-iour for His won-der-ful love, For His
2. When my life here is end - ed and the crown has been won, Then I'm
3. In that beau-ti - ful Cit - y, where the streets are of gold, I will
-A A A A m , A_
P 4- * 1* 1* » 11 & 'A \A <A A -A !A-
^M=fei
4^—^
£=fc=fe
=a*
*
and sav-ing grace; I will live in His fa - vor till I
to heaven's shore; There to meet those as - cend - ed, hear the
a song of praise To our bless - ed Re - deem - er, there we'll
«
mer - cy
go - ing
join in
_d a1
:£=£
V=^
V I D P — P — P — P~
Chorus.
U
£
3
£
±t
#
t p t !
-^
X I* r!
V V
meet Him a-bove, Then in glo-ry I'll see His face.
Saviour's well done, 'Twill be glo-ry for - ev-er-more. Oh, glo-ry, I'll
nev - er grow old, Shouts of glo-ry to Himwe'llraise Glo-ry, endless glo-ry,
-A-
^
-1*— i*-
A
E£
£
«
££
iTT'C f p p
^
P P P I) E P
,Q |, h — F1-
, h |
... P- J> d
I— h 1 h 1 J— I
jttf ' 4
-♦ — ^ * « d—
J J — tH— h — *—
__ j. a _ ■ _ _ 1
-H ~ ^ — cH 1 —
J " C b u b ^ c
sing the sto - ry, of how my
I will sing the sto - ry,
rs rs a
H* A A 19 4- M M *— n
hj — * — ^ — ^ — =*— J
Sav-iour once died for
~t & 1 F* 1
K\> a
1 — 1 —
♦ r — d — b — b — r
-P ■ P ■ 1
H*— S
-A A
♦ b V.. .V t b—
-y y — ■ — P—
irf-
y c ;: — i
F — 1 1 — ■
d;
$
I I V%~T~ 5 ? p t p t
me; I'll shout it,
He died for me; I will ev
S
^ — s — S==A=
~P P b U-
OOPyriGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN,
and nev
er shout it,
=A A E A [ g
P — P — tr~ P — P — p"
I'LL SING THE STORY. Concluded.
D — I P P *
u y v V
doubt it,
3=t
3
_J K. Jg 9
But I will praise Him e - ter - nal - ly.
and will nev - er doubt it,
— i* — A— A
*
p h h i>
A' A1 aI »Ai -f- f-
iz £: JL _*L I3* fr .*
t2t-
-v-
No. 51.
Adger M. Pace
V
iffl
I'LL SING HIS PRAISE.
Fred M. Watts.
3=£
z=mTtJ~?=l
r
£
*l 3
S#>=g
1. I'm glad to tell that all is well, I've made my peace and call-ing sure;
2. With Him I walk and glad-ly talk, As on we go from day to day;
3. Some happy time in that fair clime, Be-yond the dark and mys - tic sea,
$LTf-r-JtL-r-rt—t-^—t-^-
£
^P^
£:
$=
i
^
Pil
ra ^
-
3E
-*-
Since Christ di-vine, is tru - ly mine, My hope in Him is now se-cure.
When I am sad He makes me glad, And keeps me safe-ly in the way.
I'll sing His praise thru end-less days, And live with Him e - ter - nal - ly.
S3
f-^-T-rt
£
r
R=ffig=a
g^
-b i f
Chorus.
l
JBF
1
Sz
3E
f
f=f=f
I'll sing His praise, This precious Friend di - vine; . .
I'll sing to-day, His matchless praise, di'
vine;
m^
fc=t
^^
m
m
t=t
H5
#^Wb
i
.&-
-±-=-
A^
I
a=3ar
-f— tr
=D=
f-D=F
A shout I'll raise, For He is tru - ly mine
A shout of joy I'll glad-ly raise, He's
£ £ £. .A. .A. .A. ^ j_J
^Tp-^fP^3
££*
=9=
=£
COPTKIGHT, 1935, FEED M. WATTS AXD JAMES D. TAUGHAIf, OWNEES.
No. 52.
Rev. o. a. L
WE'LL CEASE TRAVELING.
fUA
Rev. O. A. Lamb.
~h F> ^ ~
*
1. Time is filled with swift tran -si-tion, death is seen on ev - 'ry hand,
2. We are on - ly on a vis - it to this sin - ful world be - low,
3. When we reach that love- ly coun-try o - ver on the oth - er side,
A A r> A A A-
W&
£^£
I
4-14 A
A A |-!k A Ik- — A— A A A A H-; ; ft : Li-
p p u n p P 5 D P ^ b b b r
h h
Ft=fc
i
1
X£
3=1
=SF
if
b b b P I
As we trav - el thru this wea - ry world of care, this world of care;
Seek-ing out the lost and dy - ing ev - 'ry where, yes, ev - 'ry where;
We'll see Je - sus in His glo - ry, bright and fair, so bright and fair;
NAN
a! ii j
*=s=
S
g^£
=p=
p=^
Su^x
-h e h
£=fc
4=3t
it
it
*
3C
"* #"
1
But on Zi - on's ho - ly moun-tain, God's e - ter - nal hap - py land,
Do - ing what we can to save them, as each day we on -ward go,
Live with Him thru count-less a - ges, and be ful - ly sat - is - fied,
-A A A-
^£
£
r if ; c-p-r-i
idr£
53
£^ U k
A A ■ 1* A A Ik— Ik-
P P P P P b P B
D. S. Glo - ry will be ours for - ev - er, in that home of pure de - light,
Fine.
i
i
:*=£
=£=£
i ».
■el - ing, trav-el - ing, trav-el - ing , when we get there, when we get there.
B
We '11 cease trav
11
t-rr
£: JL
rjjvju
^dz
y ft- u ;;=£=£
^M4
=P
F
Chorus.
i
b E b
:ta
rtr-5 *— 1>
We'll cease trav -el -ing, trav-el -ing, trav-el -ing, Trav-el -ing here in sin's dark
Ie^HeI
£
^^
w-
y— p
b b P p
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. TAUGHAN.
I
WE'LL CEASE TRAVELING. Concluded.
r>_ fa b_£— \l
t
h-
*=£=£
D.S.
¥^f
1*
^ji,°t
night, When we reach that land of joy be -yond compare, be -yond corn-pare;
•I ^__a! . A A A m A SL
S=E£
s
^
=p=
^=^
£
-V-P— g
=5=
=p=
^
No. 53. HE'S A FRIEND INDEED.
U. E. B.
Can 6e stma as soprano and tenor duet.
L. E. BUTRUM.
m
m
p=£
9
w&±
2±
W^
W
+m
1. One day I felt con-demed be - fore my Lord, I prayed to Him to
2. He is a Friend in - deed, in time of need, So ten - der, lov - ing,
3. Yes, when the day is done with vic-t'ries won, We'll go to that e-
33* \f- i^=^g
&-
*
p=^=
±
[> b P
i
8
P-^-
i: q i t
^ — g T
s
3
ds
2:
save my soul; Then I sur - rend - ered all, be - lieved His
kind and true; My broth - er, when you're sad, He'll make you
ter - nal shores To live with Christ the King, His prais - es
^=fe=g=E
g:
§=£
£
5
1^— h-^-
t
^
5-
1
D. S— Soon I shall live
£=
a - bove, with Him in
^.Fine. Chorus.
P'K P
-g-^-^-gg^
3QS
S
^
P=£
word, And now I'm ev - 'ry whit made whole.
glad, Yes, He will be a Friend to you. Oh, praise His ho ■ ly
sing, In glo - ry, there for - ev - er - more.
' p p f £ £
-% t 1
f— h-ri
"b g g
■v-
:P=£=ffi=
-T^JT^
love, For He will take me there some day.
fV
D.S.
^
*=^3
*==I
name, I'm glad He came, And took my ma - ny sins a - way;
M
2fc
i
jt
*
fe
£^
5
^
E I \>
1F=¥
COPYRIGHT, 1935, L. E. BUTHUM, OWSEE.
No. 54. WHEN HE REIGNS A THOUSAND YEARS.
James Rowe.
ss
rf
fc-
C. Theo. Powell.
4=&
£
4:
-h-
^
i-g*=
1. What a trans-for-raa-tion this old world will see, When Je-sus reigns a thousand
2. No one will be tempted from the light • to stray, When Je • sus reigns a thousand
3. Therewill be no sorrow, none will have a care, When Je-sus reigns a thousand
4.0 the joyandglo-ry of that match-less time, When Je-sus reigns a thousand
e££
^
m
Sm
*=*=
ft
b b b b b
W=;
S^3=p
All old things will van-i'sh, all things
yearsl We shall .be re • joic-ing ev - 'ry
years! a thousand years of glo -ry, Hearts will thrill with rapt-ure, souls will
Bliss will o ■ ver ■ flow us, life will
3k
esp
BFpnrrc ^^
a=fc
^ Chorus.
92
I
Jt
it
=*
t-Hr-z-
3=
'-* ^ -*
* ir ir t *
new will be,
passing day , When Je-sus reigns a thousand years . When Je - sus
all be fair, a thousand years.
be sublime,
h
j=£to
^B
I
£
fV
£
r r r r rrrr^fr fyy ^ * ^y
reigns a thou - sand years, No pain, no grief,
When Je • susreigns, He reigns a thousand years, No pain, no
&-§w T p-
rai , en-
a P
m?^ d d d re
fears; Hearts will all besing-ing,^
grief, no doubts and no more fears, no fears; sing-ing,
^Q^_ _ > . J J % £ £ £
no doubts or
36
£g£
W
b b b b-
y--
rrr^
*
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
I
WHEN HE REIGNS A THOUSAND YEARS. Concluded.
ft
m=P=$
ft
f*=&
ft
ft
#fe^=g=£
&-=*-
=1=
3=£
2t]
Earth with prais-es ring-ing, ringing, When He reigns a thousand years, athon-sandyears.
£4=-
b P.
*-x -r-f t^AI^M
s$
-$=^
v-v-
"^si"
U P u
No. 55,
SOMEWHERE IN HEAVEN.
B. E. AND
D1* s
A. M. P. .
1 1 * !
i
3arber Edwards.
i i 1 i
j/"1- 1 1 ' 1 d m H m K 1 1 I
> 1 p
II m 1
x ■+ J \ m, e, i m, n i J J
J
«
J «
« a »
1. Somewhere in heav - en a home is
2. Somewhere, some morn-ing wijhcrowns a-
3. Somewhere in glo - ry, we'll sing the
f - * >- * * ft ft
giv - en To all
dom - ingWe'llrise
sto - ry, With all
K • 1
the pure and
and fly a -
the ransomed
; » ft
/, w» ^ A
A [4 A A A
A A
A
_ . A .
A A
H*— -+ !
U M L.
^ 1 J
1 jl 1 |j
1 1
1
Zf ^
1 V 1 l^
-y — i — y—
I
a
=£=*
=t
1^
:£
free,
way,
1
the free;
a ■ way;
glad thron
'T was built by Je ■
To live up yon
y; Of how Christ taug
■ sus, the One
• der where love
ht us and safe
Jt-
who frees us, 'Twas
;rows fon - der, Through-
■ ly brought us, To
m-
WE
=£
£
=b==t
V
y-
D. S.— .
Be-yond the riv -
Fini
er, we'll live
Chorus.
for - ev - er, With
r^
some
His own hand, some
P
r r r
built for you and me, for me.
out an end -less day, bright day.
that fair land of song, of song,
j A j
Somewhere,
Somewhere, by
frfr
N£
ttt-f
£3
Him we then shall be, shall be.
1
ZXS.
3
rf
— »
p i r
rTTTT
me, for you and me.
where, in glo - ry land, 'Twas built for you and
:EE
*%=^
y-
b P y b-
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 56.
Rev. C. L. Dorris.
$fc
GOD'S PRESENCE.
£-
J. W. VA'JGHAN.
?g=J— J^b5=
s
-n
W^H^
3=^
o-
1. Tho' clouds may dim the sun-shine, And shad-ows hide the way, the way,
2. Why should we doubt His goodness, When chastened by the pain, the pain?
3. Naught but His grace is need-ed To quell our anx-ious fear, our fear,
£
mffi-r-fr
®±
I b I b i I b
£F
b
W1
£Efi
a
E
£
> i+ k
f
i
5
tr
t
17
r-rr
The se - cret of God's presence, Makes bright the drea - ry day
The se - cret of God's presence, Will make us strong a - gam
The se - cret of God's presence, Makes sor-row dis - ap - pear. ......
«£
Bee if t
4M^
^J1-
^
*=E
SB
*=
F^t
Chorus.
W
fV
n -r iJ^ — -J
^=2;
s
<*-#
•^
^b
'Tis not a - lone in sun-shine, that we should feel Him near, .
feel Him near,
65 \t r r r a . r a e
fi=£
*=£
3^5
*=*
b I
i
h i \r ^ i
K
i
g A
*=#
f
rr
God's presence, 'mid life's shad - ows in - spires with hope and cheer; .
with hope and cheer;
% ft 3£3£jt t.ff1^ *-£«►-
gro
£jJ fTr rf^^^
a
»3J-J4-tf|frTteij. fir"/l
r*
£&!
In Him we find a ref - uge when storm-y bil - lows roll, ,
bil - lows roll,
I
jz=j=l
S£
a=^
fet
t
t=E
a
?=i=
COPIBIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. TAUGHAN,
GOD'S PRESENCE. Concluded.
h J _ ?s_
B
a :. p — y [7
His presence soothes our sor - row, and keeps the trust -ing soul.
ite
H£
trust-ing soul.
i i i
B
^
£
No. 57. WHEN LOVED ONES FALL ASLEEP.
REV. C. L. Dorris.
Wmi
^— f^
J. W. VAUGHAN.
irr
-fi
«
^i^-
f-i
P I
1. When our loved ones fall a- sleep Be-neath life's sun - set sky, the sky;
2. An - gels come and bring us dreams Of kin-dred gone be -fore, be -fore;
3. When our days seem long and grey And we are lone - ly here, down here;
?m
£
n
ffl
1ee3±
=£
#
Ji
s
p3p
T
a - lone, we watch and weep, And long to see them nigh, so nigh,
of space they come, it seems, To dwell with us once more, once more.
Left
Out
Then to heav-en, far
£^
a -way, We look for hope and cheer, and cheer.
$
?^
Chorus.
&
-bH 1 ■ 1—
-g^ ^ k ^—
&£=&
±:
■+r
Ses
t
r^
* & * -■: r i -Ti
How glad and free we all shall be, When dawn of heav -en breaks, it
^^
f^fE
_£
ifiMr
*:
g=£
I
=£
P i
^J 3 j'H *
3=B
F
3 "'t-' t p
a-w
5SH
Our friends of yore,we'llgreetoncemore, As that sweet mora a-wakes, a-wakes.
a! J
. I g r 1
fc£
Ul p I p ' K Si/
COPTEtGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
No. 58. TELL THE SWEET STORY IN SONG.
W. B. W. .. W. B. WALBERT.
%a r> h h
¥
»
±3z
h— F
£=£
=1=1**-^
szp
a
&=^=^
^-a;-g~hP~gJ
:FS?
1. Tell the good news, the blessed sto -ry of love,
2. Mil-lions are dy - ing for this message so sweet,
3. Oft- en I've heard it, yet it nev - er grows old,
MA
How the Be-deem-er
Long-ing to hear of
Oh, it is mu- sic
-A. -A- -A-
-tT I -v
fc
VT A A A A
Ml, i. h zb
£=£=p=^0=p=£
£
zVg:
*
=P=P=
=P=
£
*=£
it
fc
a~3C~1
came
this
when
from heav - en a - bove;
sal - va - tion com-plete;'
in love it is told:
= — •-
i|
fei
Bring - ing sal - va - tion to the
Has - ten my broth - er, there's no
Preach it and sing it that the
-A- -A- -A- _ „ -A-
±Z
:t:
*=
=P=±£=F=^:
V—+) — ^
-b u b
-J Mr J ^
=^=p-
H — pr^
na-tionsbe-low, Oh, tell the sto- ry, wher-ev - er you go, whereyou go.
time for de - lay, Oh, tell this won -der - ful sto - ry to-day, yes, to - day.
whole world may know, Oh, tell the sto - ry, wher-ev - er you go, whereyou go.
t rt r tfrfrS
mtA p k P ^~s — kq rf — T T~T — C
-t-
h
n
h
i
^
Chorus.
— s — a jj — a — jj h J — h g m «—
Oh, broth-er, sing it, shout it, tell the whole world a - bout it, Bless -ed
Sing it, shout it, tell a - bout it,
§|
-g t
i
::z=r
Srf=£r
*
fasii
h h h
#
irH
33
h-
^=*
W^
at
3=PF
fc
s
sto-ry of love, keep it mov-ing a-long; It bringsa mes-sage of cheer, dis-
Sto - ry, let it move a - long;
£ — fc t f_.k . , g t f ,f £
*
m
-ifc — a — A — A-
t=^v-TTv-r-*
COPYRIGHT, 1035, W. B. WA1BEET, OWNER.
TELL THE SWEET STORY IN SONG. Concluded.
i) " p w 17 i i v i d
pels the darkness and fear, Oh, brother, tell the sweet sto-ry in song, joyful song.
M i1 j
m
ze—F-
V P ^
^4=
.A. -A- -A- -A-
-lJ-
■A-
■P— 8-
:o;
fri^-
¥=5=
-y— y-
■v — y-
v-
No. 59.
WE'LL WORK TILL JESUS COMES.
WORDS ARR. BY ADGER M. PACE.
STACY ABNER.
SE
^-i-
1. Oh, bless - ed day, oh, peace-ful hour, When Je - sus calls us home, calls home;
2. While we are wait-ing for that day, We know not when 'twill be, 'twill be;
3. He'llcome in glo -ry from on high, To catch a -way His bride, His bride;
■#■
MS4; A_
St-
4-
-h*f-
By His own grace andmight-ypow'r, We'll live no more to roam,
We'llglad-ly la - bor, watch and pray, Un -til His face we see,
Then to the wed -ding in the sky, On clouds of light we'll ride,
I I
to roam,
we see.
we'll ride.
E
*
*=*
-I—
J_jL
Chorus.
ft
fl-#-
ff 'I [
^=t
We'll work till Je -sus comes, We'll work till Je - sus
We'll work, work, work We'll work, work, work
t fflt t Vf
t*
i
•il-at
A a Ar-
Tl
"S*
comes, We'll work till Je - sus comes, And we'll be gath-eredhome.
e'll work, work, work
fe^
$-Jt-
g
■*-*-*
Jfc:
I
-V— +
COPTKIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. TAUGHAN.
No. 60.
J. B. P.
I'M HAPPY EACH DAY.
w^^p-?
J. B. Paris.
±r
¥
*
-♦-^s3
1. I've found gladness with my Lord and King,
2. I was wea -ry when He took me in,
3. Sin - ner, wont you go a -long with me,
use
V I
On this won-der - ful
Drif t-ing down the dark
0 why long - er de -
4=-
=^=s=
5£
ir
m^:
-* — F
^ g: jfr
¥ ^e^
'* — #"
S
way; Re - joic - ing dai - ly as to His dear hand I cling,
way; But now I've start -ed in a crown of life to win,
lay? 0 let the bless - ed Sav-iour keep you glad and free,
-A- -A-=-
EB
> llL.
=P^
~p p p
Chorus.
H^-S-
ll »-
-4 — <$>-
And I'm hap-py each day.
And I'm hap-py each day.
And be hap-py each day.
N f\
m
4-4-
JT*
Bur-dens are light,
Bur-dens are light, and all my
-A- -A- -*- -&-
r t
$=£=
Be
y*-
A— A-
F=£^tb=¥=^=^F=t==^=^
^
1
^
=A-
^#
fcz
*
For He's with me all of the way;
P P F
path-way is bright,
path-way is bright to heav-en,
HB- _ -X. _B-
-fcs
»
*-t-
«c
£-£-,
-fe
a
¥=5=?
5=Fi
*=&:
1
it
w
-A— A— A
'FTP p^— D~ prt^
Noth-ing to dread," Glo-ry a-head,
And there is noth-ing to dread, But end -less glo - ry a-head,
N i
I
^=U=
fe
f B it— U |t f^^=i=S:
zzt
-u u P~~£^£
£
COl'TRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAS.
I'M HAPPY EACH DAY. Concluded.
d*
h
EE
£
=F
=t
^=5
Ck:
*
F^P
py each day, each pass - ing day.
-»- -s- i^J fa^ * bj J
I'll tell the world I'm hap
El
P.
=F
=P=P=
£=£=
^=±Jl
No. 61. WHAT A FRIEND WE HAVE IN JESUS.
JOSEPH SCRIVEN.
£
Charles C. Converse.
£
i
fv
tas
?ff^
X23^
1. What a Friend we have in Je- sus,
2. Have we tri - als and temp - ta-tions?
3. Are we weak and heav - y la - den,
Si 4 l: & a 1 — fc
•*- -«- -a- -0-
i
All our sins and griefs to bear!
Is there troub-le a - ny- where?
Cumbered with a load of care?
m
A ^ lA
\)— b b I -b-
t=
-^— b b b b=
El
[^ p> h
3
::£
5BI
ff
to car - ry Ev - 'ry-thing to God in pray'r!
dis -cour-aged, Take it to the Lord in pray'r!
our Bef-uge, Take it to the Lord in pray'r!
What a priv - i - lege
We should nev - er be
Pre - cious Sav-iour, still
fc=fc
JFR^=^
1» p I fc
>— k
5=g
F=F
P b b
S=^>
i
ttzft
=3=^
*#*
9E
tab
0 what peace we of -
Can we find a friend
Do thy frien ds Je-spise ,
m
ten for - feit,
so faith - f ul
for - sake thee? Take
0 what need-less pain we bear,
Who will all our sor-rows share?
it to the Lord in pray'r;
£=£
t
=p=
=b=
£s
' b b b b^
-^-4l
ft — h
P§
:;f^t
5
All be-cause we do not car - ry Ev - 'ry-thing to God in pray'r!
Je - sus knows our ev- 'ry weak-ness, Take it to the Lord in pray'r.
In His arms He'll take and shield thee; Thou wilt find a sol -ace there.
£ b b b=£
£
-F-
j ■ m p pc
b- b ,-b b b
No. 62.
C. F. P.
GLORY TO MY KING.
s
£=£
Calvin f. Pinson and Claud Dick.
-jv
WES
53
t^H:
3
f-j
*
1. Glo - ry to Je - sus, I am go - ing o - ver home, Go - ing to
2. Hap-py, bo hap-py as I trav - el on my way, Je - sus is
3. With all the ransomed in that Cit - y of the blest, I shall for
iM
j-
-p *
5
m±
pzzL^ [) p=^ — U- CT
; i b b ^
"3T
to:
B3i
h
=«t
S
=E3
fS=
S*
tH — 4-
live up there and nev - er more to roam; There I shall sweet-ly rest be ■
keep-ingme, He will not let me stray; Soon I shall be with Him for-
ev - er live in per-fect peace and rest; Sing-ing up therewith all the
m
£
=P=
trtr
b b
8
=^=
£=ft
Fine.
ffi*
k k k K
:k=k=k:
"tr
tr-tr
— b— tr
er to my Lord and King.
p p p i p
neath the heav-'nly dome,
ev - er - more to stay, Glo - ry for - ev
friends whom I love best,
P
-£-£-
m p p p — p-
HA~: — "It ~£ — :t-
4^
£
a
-p — p-
te
Chorus.
£
£
^=k=
±=c
p
u i lr-ti — —tr b
Glo -ry to Je - sus, He's my Lord
Glo-ry be to Je - sus, He's my Sav-iour,
t- t- t t i f— t- -■&- "
^^
and King,
Lord and King of
tLa.
glo - ry,
Bbrt>b P b b I b~£=P
#
p-
j^ttp — i
irds:
*=fc
pi P P U
Glad - ly His prais - es I with rap - ture
Glad - ly now His prais - es I with rap - ture now
_-£__-£ f t IT f It ■*" ^
ffi*
£
"D
sing;
can sing
t-
v=v-
t-
COPTHIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
n
GLORY TO MY KING. Concluded,
h h h v , w h D-S-
it
fv
±r
V^\— £
^^
fe-
I
for-ev - er, He is al-waysnear me, To pro-tect and cheer me,
§
Jfc.
^
4 f f
ffctanc
v-
=p=
-y — y~
$=F
No. 63. SAILING ON LIFE'S OCEAN.
adger M. Pace. Barber Edwards.
ite
§
-*?-
1. We are sail-ing on life's o - cean, Go - ing to a land of day;
2. Trust-ing all to His dear keep-ing, Know-ing that He nev-er fails;
3. When our voy-age here is o - ver, And we land on heav-en's shore;
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
- — ±1 — ±Z — ±z tz fi r2
'tk2z±
^^
4=
D n
1 1
1 trw
i
1 7 7 1
I ! A A
A
fj A I
r/rk u J
\ a ' * I 9
f V 7 f
J 2 ; -* *. fe- ^
L
V J *
i ■ i i
w
ss iv l
Je ■
We
We
-A-
sus
are
will
is our mighty Captain,
breasting ev - 'ry tem-pest,
join the host now sing-ing
•A- -A- -A-
-i— 4— -B- a- -i—
1
And will guide us
For our barque He
Praise to Him for -
-A- -A- A-
-4— -4— -C- -p-
!
all
on ■
ev -
i
d
the way.
ward sails.
er - more.
!
d *>
■ 1
ir- 7 a
. IA
A A I
i 'A A
y\ 1
^9 L ,i
1
\ p 7 L. L M
1
Chorus
p ~ r-
He is our Cap - tain, And knowing ev - 'ry rock and shoal,
Je - sus is onr Lord and Cap-tain,
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
-' — ■ H — m a i — "I — a H — — "! — "P" T- 1 — m <2_
HF
P
4=F
A_
Eg
^^
M^ f
- ii 'i
Safe - ly will guide us To heav-en's home-land of
Safe - ly He will guide us on
I
f-\ f-
,r r
—
the soul.
-p-
*E
tfc
COPTKIGHI, 1935, ADGEE M. PACE AKTD JAMES D. VAUGHAS, OWNERS.
No. 64.
AWAY TO THE GLORY-LAND.
Rev. b. b. Edmiaston.
£
h — h
4=E$=&
-Ps — ti
E. D. Bullock.
fc
M=^=£
it
*
1. Here the path is some-times rug - ged, And we meet with many a care,
2. When we try to do our du - ty, There is e - vil al- ways near,
3. Here we part with pre - cious loved ones, And our hearts are rilled with pain,
±;
:£=£
1
§#
&
*
P
m. w. l^_
x> g g
b h n n
T^
E5S
U m m ' _
*:
Tri - als ev - 'ry day a - long the way, Heav-y cross -es we must bear;
It would blind our eyes to Par - a - dise, And would fill our hearts with fear;
When this life is o'er, on heaven's shore, We shall meet them all a -gain;
-A- -A- -A- A -A-
I
~9-
=5=£
:^=b==P=b=P=
tr-F
— &
-h — h-
h— ±r
«
£
fe-, j h p fv
-#r
£
3=*
-ET
"fl-
But when la - bor here is 0 - ver, We shall lay our bur-dens down,
We may 0 - ver-come temptations, In the Lord may firm -ly stand, Then a •
When the Saviour calls His chil-dren, We'll be freed from death and strife,
-A- -A- "A^
k g fc— g b u=F
— B b b b'
D. S. Yes, a-way to life e - ter - nal, In the home-land of the soul, There to
#
"O
v
sNM
E
-^_r>
Fine.
s
17
b p p
way, then a-way, To re-ceive a gold - en crown.
Then a - way, then a-way, Then a -way to glo-ry-land.
To the land of end - less life.
*4*
I
w-:— et
-B' J u
i=qt
^-^ 5=P=
^— rnr
p-
sing, there to sing, to the King, to the King, While the end-less a-ges roll.
££££
Be
?=^
JUL
i=f=f
b b b
-♦--
Then a - way, then a - way, From the cross-es hard to bear,
Then a - way, then a - way,
E&£
m
K
k k U 1-
^=k:
-» F P «-
P 5 P P
inn?
COPYRIGHT, 1033, E. D. BUX.LOCK AND JAMES D. TAUGHAN, OWTJEHS.
b b
AWAY TO THE GLORY-LAND. Concluded.
i_L i J ' ia « '
$=M
H?
D.S.
£=
9
M F
H — 4:
I
\) > ' p p p Tl L> !
Then a -way, Then a -way, To the home that's free from care;
Then a -way, Then a -way,
-0- T*- T»- . CT
-S- B B-
-^V-P' P' P=^=
=*F=£
-v
V-
» BE
-y — p — y-
No. 65. I SHALL BE AT HOME WITH JESUS.
Jennie Wilson. James d. Vaughan.
With feeling.
&
-fr-
t=±r
±r-h
s
-«— ^— 5=b
T\_ | X
jgfjs:
1. Years of time are swift-ly pass - ing, Bring-ing near - er heav - en's goal;
2. Aft - er all the days of wait - ing,
3. Aft - er leav-ing earth-ly pathways,
4. Aft - er last fare-wells are spok-en,
fe*
a
jp±
For His voice to bid me come,
Which my wea-ry feet have pressed,
I shall meet dear ones I've known,
h -&-
V=v v
W/4 a!. % — ah
V—V-
-j — fez±
-w-
H
E-h Mt
h h
3^
-a— ^
t$e£:
i a a] -;■ a
-# — • — • — ^ — ^
Soon I'll be at home with Je - sus,
I shall walk be-side my Sav-iour,
I shall stray by life's fair riv - er,
In the pres-ence of our Sav-iour,
While e - ter - nal a -
'Mid bright scenes where an-
Find - ing ho - ly peace
When we stand be - fore
ges roll.
•gels roam,
and rest.
His throne.
M
=^==p==£==^
jOXg.
m.
9 v F
tt=E
1
Chorus.
^:
sizje:
l=f=p
£=fc
S
-ta
^=^:
£=
2i
-^ &
isi
O how pre-cious is the prom -ise, That with glad-ness fills my soul!
-£ -£ £ r: t-
^^— g
P=-|* — F
4^" "K" "£" A A
fesgr
£=P=
W£
:P=&=t£
II
16553 J >teE=fc
^
?. 4 d
"TJT-jy
I
g=
tr-tr
igj — °
*
I shall be at home with Je - sus,
-i»- -#- -h- ■+- . j>- -r- -»-
While e - ter - nal a - ges roll!
-a-
-t^£
^
fe
-U P g F
e
^=5=
&=k=4?
£=p=p=£
2fe
COPYRIGHT, J 0 08, BY JAMES D. VATJGHAN\,
No. 66.
w
B. Walbert.
_n_L i 'i
I'VE FOUND A FRIEND IN JESUS.
Mrs. Urias leFevre.
h h h h
£
-h-
-fr
W
¥&m
&=£
=^=^
I*
1. I've found a friend in Je - sus, my Lord and King, He is my joy and
2. From heaven's shin- ing por-tals to earth He came, He gave His life a
3. He keeps my joy-bells ring -ing, both night and day, My heart is sing-ing
i
P
i
b~4^iA I A IA IA IA — A 14 14 | IA £ L' £
^' p g p P S 1 i P 'rr r— g
P P P P
-fe
I
i4#«=5^
EB
i
t£=*
I
:&^-
^
com-fort, to Him I cling; His name a-boveall oth-ers shall ev - er
ran-som, oh, praise Hisname; Sal - va-tion'splan was fin-ished on Cal-va-
glo - ry a - long the way; Some hap- py day in heav - en His f ace I'll
*> -fa-
-A.
SkO it u_
=£
£
£=£
-P-
P p P P P P ft-
ps . Chorus.
jj .o i
^5
^RHi 3-
=^:
£==2
at
tr
g
be, Be-cause He brought salvation and set me free. All praise n
ry, 'Twas there He sealed my pardon and set me free. All praise
see, Oh, glo - ry hal-le -lu- jah! He set me free.
-^bA ,a a a— a i. jfc £ iz 6-jgi, . St -
^TTt^=g==^
*
i
£=RS=£=LJ— J-
A
=£
P
^
p
-^--^
Him, My Sav-iour, Lord and King, From Courts
i
to Him,
my King,
fe
From Courts
:£=f A g
i
14 14 — |A IA
bbDpbbbbbb
ft
£=ffc
~iV
£
s^
f2^
>u p p ^ r i i p i p u
bove, in love He free - Iy came; He paid the debt on
a - bove, He paid the debt
* ~m- -P- * -. %£ -^ -m- -#-
-
J^L
*.
S=E
§==§
SSE5
b ,b b b-^1^^""!*
-^
trT
tnr
COPYRIGHT, 1935, W. B. WALBEKT AND MBS. TJBIAS IiEFEVKE, OWNERS.
I'VE FOUND A FRIEND IN JESUS. Concluded.
i^=£
h h
yj — g-
4
=*
^
h h ^ P1 h
4
A—
=§^
ZE
cru - el Cal - va - ry, (for me, ) Oh, glo-ry hal - le - lu - jah! He set me free.
S
^ A-
_k— k— £
_a_
*
a! jfc
F i-
fe
£
g g g u"
P b £=£=
P=g— p— rr
^
No. 67.
TELL MY FRIENDS I'M COMING.
Mrs. W. L. Claborn.
P
«J^
■&
C. A. Brock.
g^
4— f
^t*
i 1 j
1. What is it for a saint to die? Why should I quake and fear?
2. Al- though Death's stream is cold and deep, And heav-en's walls are high,
3. Eeach down, dear Lord, Thine arms of love, And cause me to as - cend,
4. If you get there be - fore I do, Will you do this for me?
fj -A- -±L -A- -A-
-0- -f- -f- -g-~ 1- — -p t" ."f9" f" "f" ffr- ^
*[*4r-
«
arf
:sg
I
3
#
^=^:
1 — i — i=^=
1 1 g
i±
-#- -•-Pi -tS^
I be*"
We'll mount up to our home on high, And leave our trou - bles here.
The Friend who guards us while we sleep, Will keep us when we die.
To that bright home pre - pared a - bove, Where pleasures ne'er shall end.
Tell all my friends I'm com-ing too, And soon I'll with them be.
i
n^
Sz
jjU ± £ $
—A I 'A A — A—
£=£
Chorus.
i
rrf
My long sought home, Some-times I'm lone-some for Thee;
My home , sweet home , my home , hap-py home,
£
Z=fi
■#-* *-»-
■ -a- -9- -0-
=lA==S==t=
-iS^-
1
ZS
q=T
-f— £*- hp
gg 1 £j *-^4-
shall go, And with my loved ones be.
Soon I
Soon I shall go, shall go_, glad-ly go,
£
* — K
-U-
=5=
COPTEIGHT, 1933, BY JAMES D. VATjGEAN'.
No. 68.
WHEN WE GET HOME.
Adger m. Pace.
h"
£-
±
Travis Bottoms.
S
fe— h — h-
1. When we reach the Cit - y of light a - bove
2. What a ju - bi - la -tion when saints shall sing
3. In that ho - ly Cit - y of joys un - told
Meet with our Re -
Hal - le - lu - jah
We shall walk with
-A- -A-
-I r-
-£.
*
-9=
A:
P b D P
^
£
p^=£=r
Jr
tr
deem-er, and share His love,
Srais - es to Christ our King;
e - sus on streets of gold;
-A- -A- _ -A- J
U U
We shall be so hap
Bells will all be ring
Talk with the a - pos
py, with -
ing 'neath
ties of
1
=£
=£=£
=0=$:
g
=t
E r- „ h *
2±
5
P
-^ &-
rjjr^ 8^sj=8=h'
tao*
out a care,
heaven's dome,
days gone by,
-J. ±:
§S
Sing-ing with the an -
'Twill be joy for - ev -
We'll have joy for - ev -
kh -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
gels and loved ones
er when we get
er, no more to
there.
home.
die.
i
m
^
Chorus.
3±
5
n g c
FT^S^f
Oh, (it will be) glo - ry, when we
Glo ■ ry, glo - ry, when we
get
shall all get
there,
there,
iii
m
i
KA— -A-
&
£
V=£
:z±
?
t ,•' r c )t tr^-tr-^
i p P p " ' ^ "p
With loved ones, so free
With Je - sus and loved ones, so free
£
J * J *
from
from ev - 'ry
-A- -A-
care;
care;
r> r>
rr^
E
^=^
With our loved ones,
COPYRIGHT, 1035, ADGER M. PACE AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWNERS.
A
WHEN WE GET HOME. Concluded.
& — V-
J
f p 1 1 ^^
p b p
•j
No
No troub - le
sor - row, no more
to
roam,
ii J i>
i
sor - row, no more from Him to roam ,
-*■
-*& -*H
No more
I
=£=#
sor - row,
i
3t
-Ft
IZ±
ts
^*i
*
U
i
y
p p b b Ui
'Twill be joy for - ev - er, when we get home
there, when we shall all get home
! h P N rs
-A- « -A- -F- -4r -AH -A- -*--*- ^| al
— ? — E — L — g — g — ° — H~~^ g —
-y-
No. 69.
GATHERING BUDS.
JAMES ROWE.
James D. Vaughan.
-6 — m — e-
H-TT-
-z*-
1. Je -sus has tak-en a beau-ti-ful bud, Out of our gar-den of love,
2. Full blooming flowers a-lone willnot do; Some must be jounsandun-grown;
3. Fa-thers and mothers, weep not or be sad, Still on the Saviour re - ly;
4. Blooming in beau - ty in heaven they are, Blooming for you and for me;
jt — s — q — . — a — „*. — ^ k__^ „ — ^ s fe, x 9 ^<?
:E
us:
*±4-\ j
^Ft=f
%
o
Fine.
^=hr^l
-3r^
Borne it a -way to the cit'- y of
So the frail buds He is gath-er-ing
You shall be-hold them a-gain,and be
Fol -low the Lord, tho' the cit - y be
nor | - | -1
God, Home of the an-gels a-bove.
, too , Beau-ti-ful gems of His throne,
glad, Beau-ti-ful flow-ers on high.
far, Till our bright blossoms we see.
m
^=^=
eH> I 1
*:
D. S. — Je-sus is gath-er - ing, day af - ter
Chorus.
— E- d-
day, Buds for the pal-ace of heav'n.
D.S.
«
a
gj* — r
H — e ♦ rb
^
^^^
Gath -er- ing buds, gath-er - ing buds, Won-der-ful care will be giv'n;
fe^
s
-f=^
£
ezjti»~t
^r
JAMES D. VATJGHAIT, OW2JEK, 1931.
No. 70.
W. M. R.
IN THE MORNING.
Will M. Ramsey.
i i B I J J J'~J' J1 r> ji
£
£=fc
£
£
fcfc
*
3=£
^
*
-#■
-J — #-
^r
1. When this earth-ly life is end - ed and we reach e - ter - ni - ty, Will there
2. Are we walk-ing in the way our blessed Lord and Mas-ter trod, Are we
3. When a child of God is summoned to give up this earthly home, He's not
A A A
WM
± — E
i=t
±*
HA £ 14-
-^ |A-
TT-T7
tnr
*t
*
^Z E K K K * S - g^- 9J ^ Jf E i_
be a heav'nly mansion waiting therefor you and me? Yes, if we have been
liv - ing so that here our lives will lead men un - to God? If so, we are sol -
left a lone-ly wand'rerthen,fromplacetoplacetoroam;No, tliankGod,Hehas
-M — A — A — A — A — 19 — A — A — r^-. — m — = — A — if — — *-
* ISP- <&• # ' ' «•
redeemed, and here in Je - sus' love a - bide, We will find a home and
diers, bravely fiight-ing for the Lord and right, There will be a new home
a mansion wait - ing just a - cross the way, And He'll take complete pos-
i^=E
t
±z
£
£
± i U=F
-p— e l) u 'b 't> g u p
^
-y-
Chorus.
V
#£
#
e
*
rrtr
welcome, o-ver on the oth-er side.
wait-ing out be-yond the shades of night. In the morning, in the
ses-sion when the night breaks in-to day. In the morning,
A
i ?Mj
§-\y I , S^i 1 — r»^— • — 5 — S — »— f ^5
V— V-
-» — » — 0-
L-.U s
rrtnr
i£=£:
1 W 5C'Ci . ' P
Fi*
b \ b V P l>
morning, We will have a new home in the morning;
in the morning, Have a new home in the morning, in the morning;
I
feM^=f=^ I j r; r_ f ,. t
W[7 ' ' IA A IA IA IA **■ IA' £--£ A F -^
I S S: 8 P I
F=^f^=^=P=^=^
■~V-rTV
\j~t~ tru3 tr
COPYRIGHT, 1935, WELL. M. RAMSEY, OWSEH.
i
IN THE MORNING. Concluded.
teft
tt^
-4-
5 B C
the morn-ing
In the morn-ing,
In
1 M
ui the morn-ing,
5 t^r
the morn-ing,
£
-• =-
—V-v-lr
I
is
:r
D
y
We will have a new home in the morn - ing.
Have a new home in the morn - ing, in the morn-ing.
J ^^A— _ & t} t) J* IS
JB |
-s-
£
v-
P^
No. 71.
P. P. B.
ALMOST PERSUADED.
&
K
^
P. P. Bliss.
S
£
-^ A^-
1. "Al-most per-suad - ed" now to be -
2. "Al - most per-suad - ed, "come, come to
3. "Al -most per-suad - ed,"har- vest is
4=La
Tfe
lieve; "Al - most per-suad -ed"
-day; " Al- most per-suad -ed,'
past; " Al- most per-suad -ed,'
afc
^fi:
5
&
fV
*5fe
#
fez*
:5j
Christ to re - ceive; Seems now your
turn not a - way; Je - sus in -
doom comes at last; "Al-most" can ■
soul to say, "Go Spir - it,
vites you here; An - gels are
■not a - vail;"Al - most," is
at
gp-
^*
■#-
=5=
I
j J £
-<&—
go Thy way, Some more con - ven - ient day
lin-g'ringnear, Prayers rise from hearts so dear;
but to fail; Sad, sad, that bit - ter wail,'
JL JL JLi
On Thee I'll call."
0 wan-d'rer, come!
;A1 - ^most but lost."
i
£=
^
rl_
M
No. 72.
'TWILL BE SUNRISE IN GLORY.
W. B. W ALBERT.
fc
James D. w albert.
h J
ft
*fc=Lt
-fv— ft
±r
fc:
ft
$3
i*
*
1. When the shades of eve- ning gath-er and the sun of life goes down,
2. When I cross the mys-tic riv-er, and my Sav-iour's face be - hold,
3. When I hear His words of wel-come, en - ter in - to joy sub - lime,
i=&
is la |a 1a b g
P P U [)'-
f
b b b b b b
-*^-ft
&
2
ft
^Tnr
eh
When no more the things of earth mine eyes shall see, mine eyes shall see;
When that cit - y bright e - ter - nal I shall see, yes, I shall see;
Then my soul will have a hap -py ju - bi - lee, a ju - bi - lee;
:E-p-y-f- ?=^^
ft
ft
zns:
=b=b— b— b— b b b £
1
l^=ft
ft=ft
h E J-
J w *_
8
ig
ft=ft-f>— fr=ft
S
ft=ft:
£=£
¥
3=*
When I've said good -by to loved ones and I hear the trum - pet sound,
When the brightness of His glo - ry shines up - on my hap - py soul,
When I join the an - gel cho - rus in that hap - py, sun - ny clime,
£
n?
£ b P b= 9 b b
a^
ft-ft
ft
b b
Chorus.
-P — *
i
:z2
ft=ft
\) \ " ' r r -*--*- -♦- -V-
Twill be sun -rise in glo-ry for me, for me. 'Twill be sun -rise in
J — g&-r£~ iT r
iss=
_r r ^ ^ ^
a
=p=
^
b b b
FSSfi^
-h — h — h-
ft=ft
^
1 1 3 3
glo - ry for me, When the face of my
in glo - ry for me,
K-A P-i-
Sav
I
my
is^
E
3E?^
£
7=
dcztk
LJ ^_
b b b
COPYRIGHT, 1935, WAIBEKT AND WALBEKT, OWNEKS.
:h b P"
±^\
'TWILL BE SUNRISE IN GLORY. Concluded.
m
#d=
h_ h h
3t=*
g .■• . j -h j ^
-^ — i ' — =* — 3»- — ^ — =4-
h b
3=
E^
r^f
*
-ri — @ — r^ i»
-t±
ss
see, On that hap-py, glad to-mor-row, We shall nev - er know a
Sav-iour I see,
J
££=
*
IS^E
±>-
e_
tr~b 9 b
«^
^FEP-
^=£
V-
Hhfc*
$--
—i — i — t
£
25T-
%
w=*
t
m
f U V V
sor-row, 'Twill be sun -rise in glo - ry for me, in glo - ry for me.
^=
s
-y — y-
V=V-
■^
No. 73
I NEED THE PRAYERS
"and pray one another. . . The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous
J. D. V. _ man availeth much." James 5: 16. James D. Vaughan.
With feeling.
1
£=^:
h-
ft— f>— fr
54
H
E
i
1. I need the prayers of those I love, While trav' ling o'er life's rugged way, That
2. I need the prayers of those Hove, To help me in each try-ing hour, To
3. I want my friends to pray for me, To hold me up on wings of faith, That
A- f A -A1 . - -A-
O O \ : H • &^ • r » c * — i ; 1
S&r4
£
W?=vt
-£r — *-
-V— \)^h~ y— £
^=^=zfcz^:
s
b b b b
Fine. Chorus.
I
I may true and faithful be. And live for Je-sus ev-'ry day.
bear my tempted soul to Him, That He may keep me by His pow'r. I want my friends to
I mav walk the narrow way, Kept by our Father's glorious grace.
A -A- -^ - -: - - - Ai^f _^_
£
*£=£
=P~P~b=
1 u b b b P
6
b b b b b
D. S. — I need the prayers of those I love.
-fv
±n
it
^
D.S'.
V
*
Tin; ^ *r
***!=*
7^
i
^
£^=3:
pray for me, To bear my tempted soul a-bove, And in-ter-cede with Godforme;
>. .A. _^i >i .a. -a- . -A- -A^ -A- _ -A- -A- -A-
:p=t=P=v=c=^=r
qr=t==t
P=£
-T£r= — A-
-^b b g b"
±±
b b b-^-b1
2:
COPISIGET, 1D08, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN'.
KEEP ON THE FIRING LINE.
ARR. BY ALPHUS L.EFEVRE.
No. 74.
E
£
I
*
jy—^
^
1. If you're in the bat - tie for the Lord and right, Keep on the fir - ing
2. God will on - ly use the sol - dier He can trust, Keep on the fir - ing
3. When we get to heav-en, bro-ther, we'll be glad, Keep on the fir -ing
a^
^^
£=£=£
■A-tfc 1* ]A. 14 14 14 14 14 \k l*r £s — fh 1 h"
^tr~ P P P P pp bTT r lp-^=£
line,
line,
line.
If you win, my broth-er, sure-ly you must fight, Keep on the
If you wear acrown, then bear the cross you must, Keep on the
How we'll praise the Sav-iour for the call we had, Keep on the
fir - ing line;
fir - ing line;
fir - ing line;
There are ma -ny dan -gers that we all must face,
Life is but to la - bor for the Mas-ter dear,
When we see the souls that we have helped to win,
it£
t=t
14 J4 i=-
1
$
:t
#:
V P P P P P P Pu
Ete£fc5EjE5
3
frr-fr-
zh h—
Al K A
-*-i-A A1 A1 4-
^-
If we die a fight -ing it is no dis - grace, A cow-ard in the
Help to ban-ish e - vil and to spread good cheer, Great you'll be re -
Leading them to Je - sus, from the paths of sin, With a shout of
IS
s=f^
s
#=£
M
E
i
:f=^=f:
JS
k h h M J1 h
b-
4 • 1 "— — — *-*T*- ^ ^
1
-;-
^ — ^— ^* — * — w
r~TJ
ser-vice, he will find no place, So keep on the fir - ing line,
ward-ed for your ser-vice here, So keep on the fir - ing line,
wel-come, we will all march in, So keep on the fir - ing line.
J J
EH=j
£
£
1
V-
b r F
-p D p p— u^
THIS AliB. COPYEIGHT, 19 3 E
BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
I
KEEP ON THE FIRING LINE. Concluded.
Chorus.
^j\'_ _V, HEM I E n h i I ■ ■ h M^-
4=*
-ft
-gj— d:
J
^i< 'i
« 1 h
&^-
Oh, you must fight, be brave against all e - vil, Never run, nor e-ven lag be-hind;
§i
-# „ m
^^
s^—o-
-P— F-
5^^5
H 1 W Ifc A i£ ' A A * 'A (*-=■-* £ J
p C ft f g nT i p nHH*
u
m
a
If you would win for God and the right, Just keep on the fir - ing line
I
jr
*:
s
V-
r
V-
-y-
No. 75. HOW BEAUTIFUL HEAVEN
1
Mrs. A. S. Bridgewater.
-fV
*&±
-fV- fe— h-
-M — M — K4-V
f il IZTTE
ifi
JM"
MUST BE.
A. P. BLAND.
H^
1. We read of a place that's called heaven, It's made for the
2. In heav-en no drooping nor pin-ing, No wish-ing for
3. Pure wa-ters of life there are rlow-ing, And all who will
4. The an -gels so sweet-ly are sing-ing, Up there by the
Jft±. jS. jl JL. -^- -*i . JB-
-ti, — te-
pure and the free;
else-where to be;
drink may be free;
beau-ti - ful sea;
t
-U b L> b~D: P
£=£=£
-?-
Yr^k * h h
b^=fc
Fine.
i
u — »-
ful heav-en must
ful heav-en must
ful heav-en must
ful heav-en must
' ~9- ff ^
These truths in God's word He hath giv - en, How beau-ti -
God's light is for - ev - er there shin-ing, How beau-ti -
Eare jew - els of splendor are glow-ing, How beau-ti -
Sweetchords from their gold harps are ring-ing, How beau-ti ■
-F- *. ^ ^ fN S IN !^_ ~ -. -*-
be.
be.
be.
be.
3t
£
£==P=F=U-4j g g
i-i a i ^ ! r i i i "
h-r — Is— r-i» — * — 0 — & 0 »-
D. S. Fair ha-ven of rest for the wear - y, Howbeau-ti-ful heav-en must be.
Refrain.
it
±JUUL±
D.S.
£
-b
trfr-fr
±r
±1-
I
1
•*- ' - " i b f
How beau-ti - ful heav-en must be, must be, Sweet home of the hap - py and free;
sfcj
fcfc
I » i i U -rr
W I • g r-1
^
g— g~~tr-p—p=s:
-©jl- #-
A. P. BLAST), OWNEK. BT PEE.
No. 76.
I'M MOVING THERE SOME DAY.
U. o. Brock.
Ms
^=P=£
£3
1. There is a Cit-y I am told, that is built of pur- est gold, I'll be
2. Won-der-ful Cit-y of the blest, where the saved shall sweetly rest, I'll be
3.1 am so glad I've found the way, to that home where angels stay, I '11 be
X 3
t
^TTt
&M
3=
W^> g B B
=P=
P=
5=
H) f B b
41
b
W « «J — o 1 _« /=! —
§sse
-v- > — ■-*-
mov-ing o -ver there some day; With my Ee-deem-er at my side, I shall
mov-ing o -ver there some day; Ma-ny will wel-comeme I know, when to
mov-ing o -ver there some day; To the Ee-deem-er I a-dore, I shall
P I- P .U x 3 . _
S-4-4-E
5
=rt=
£=^
= h r>
i
3Ea32
=°s-N
-d— r
■F~G £ [; C
Ife
ev - er-more a -bide,
that good land I go, I'll be mov-ing there some day.
sing for -ev - er-more, some hap-py day.
^ £ v J J j> J 3
S
*=*=F
$=%
V
— -V
Chorus
t=m=m
I'll soon be mov
ing
*-*
will soon be mov - ing there to
up there to be at rest,
be
at
rest,
^— k-
I
SOZ
£=£=
=P=F
5
£=p
£=£
i
S3
9
=I»
saved and blest where sin can -not mo -lest;
With all the saved ones and the blest where sin can -not mo - lest;
=fe=P
;^=£
Egzi_^ZB=i=j
s=
=p=
:-:
it:
D— tr
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BT JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
i
&
BS
I'M MOVING THERE SOME DAY. Concluded.
hi
-fv
3£
tr
To that fair land soon
To that hap - py land I
V PU P 9
my soul shall fly a - way,
soon shall fly a way,
B&
B
:^=^=
V-
£=£
1
w
H^=g
__a~
An - gels stay, I'm mov-ing there some
With all the an - gels there to stay, oh, yes,
-o- -o-
-♦- -i*- j—
E g
i> i» ft
£=fe
B
v
=£=£
=p=
U U D-^
P~
DRIPPING FROM THE CROSS.
No. 11,
L. B. U.
I_. B. LEISTER.
ft
*
33-
=rt
^f^iL£=?
=«fs
"^ssr
7^
1. Guilt-y nail-pierced ho-ly vein, Jesus bore the loss; There
2. Sick and faint my soul did seem, Poisoned by sin's dross; But
3. Tho't-Iess that for sin I owe, Counted not my loss; Grate-
4. Worldly pleasures once my dream, Tempted by their gloss; Till
n _ -n
was blood with ho-ly pain
relief came by the stream
ful now to view the flow
I saw the scarlet stream
Fgu4 i»: ^~f * »l * -a-
:*-^:rg
:p^
T»-±
Fr o:^l as-^-
U 1 P
^=P
f1
3:
1
i p i
Chorus.
J h
■>»- r-iF
^=t~
=^=1
*• + -9- A'
! I
Drip-ping from the cross. All be-cause He loved
-. H -A- -A-
so, He sustained the
-A- -A* -A- -A-
I
Bfc- A:
iq;^ -4
F
i
-SL
±f
crim - son flow; Keep my heart fixed on Thy woe, Drip-ping from the cross.
zfi
K5=
:pr
-K
121
121
r (
COPYRIGHT, 1911, BY I/. B. IiEISTEE. BY PEK.
No. 78.
WONDERFUL HOMELAND.
W. B. WALBERT.
James D. Walbert.
^t^M^kUM
±
%=&
3=3E15F3=^
±
t
v y [> p v u
1. Beau-ti - ful home just o - ver yon-der, in that hap-py land so fair, in glo-ry,
2. Won-der-ful thought, we'll meet our loved ones in that hap-py, sun-ny clime, up yonder,
3. I've a thru tick-et, hal -le - lu-jah! for that hap-py E -den fair, and lovely,
r^ h P
±.
a.
-A- -A- -A- -A-
M
_e:
S3
1c=t
-£-
£
£=£
#
b b p P b b
B
:i
i
^|^5=p^3^^p|:
H*
7
£-
-f— •-
TT-tT
I
Nev-er a heartache there can en -ter, 'tis a land that's free from care; my blessed
Vis - it withthemtenthousandyears,oh,won'tit be a hap-py time! glad meet-ing!
Soon I shallboardthetrainforheav-en,ride it safe-ly o- ver there; I have my
JB. JL JL JL
£
>V
>— k— fc
1r-1r-1r-
£=£=«=£=P=
fed! fe J.
^S
^=^=3i
r-p-
D
b b u
Je -sus has gone to pre-paremy mansion o -ver in that hap-py place, good place,
Glo-ry to God, I must make the landing, heav-en is not far a-way, praise God,
Baggage all checked for the ho - ly cit - y , where my friends and loved ones wait, now wait,
I
-qt-
f>^ P
ij_w^^=$=3r=&
v
BE
£-4^-
h h
^
ft h J
Fine.
ff
JSF
3=*
m
25:
b-^
¥
rn
While the countless years roll on and on, I'llpraiseHimfor His wondrous grace, His grace-
I can al-most see the oth-er side, that land of nev-er end-ingday,gladday.
We are run-ingnow on schedule time, they'll meet us at the pearl-ygate, thegate.
B
-6P-|?IB-
% bt ,-£-_-£:
i£
f* — r-» B-
§
-F- -F-
p p
^
y=w-
v-
P=£
£
S=£
D. S. While the countless years roll on and on , glad hal - le - lu - jahs we shall sing, shall sing.
Chorus. < < h fe K k ^ ^ ^
^
W — sr
-£
5
4
17
r
P " " " b ^ b
Oh, the joy, great joy when all the saved gath-er yon-der by the sea, the sea,
gfej
1-
-■ — L
*-*
■ ■ -J ■ ■ ■ ■ -■-!-* P I '» " • ~|
COPYRIGHT, 1935, WALBERT AN"D WALBERT, OWNERS.
WONDERFUL HOMELAND. Concluded.
h h b h ft h h
¥
-w — *f
±±i
B:
_BL
—
-» » — ^3~
Ht-
=S=
ff
P P v v
There to sing and shout His matchless praise thru the glad e - ter - ni - ty; It will be'
I"i
i
-6- — -E- — ^S—
-A-
±z
-*- -P-
=^=5=^
-w — w-
$=£
r^
I
D.S.
P P
P [)
glo - ry, glo - ry When we see our Lord and King,
glo - ry, end -less glo - ry, yon -der, our King,
f — g"
£ — F
-p — p-
pp^^^^pp P
No. 79. SHAKE HANDS WITH MOTHER AGAIN.
W. A. B.
h b h
^5S
W. A. Berry.
£
S=SF
:B=R
jga i
E2_Q g r i i i s w lie m j y « i i i j a .a h-
•J — & 4- 4 — « — ^ — * ♦ » fc^* * — *i~* — ^ H~
1. If I should be liv-ing when Jesus comes, And could know the day and the hour,
2. I'dlike to say"Mother, this is your boy, You left when you went a - way,
3. There'scomingatimewhenlcango home To meet my loved onesup there;
4. There'll be no more sorrow or pain to bear In that home be - yond the sky;
1
rfi-
JOl
mr-
H^
b b b b b p p
■p-p
i
-ft
nt
Fine.
S J' h
:£
:*^=
«l. «i
-h
I'dlike to be standing at moth-er'stomb, When Je-sus comes in Hispow'r.
And now my dear moth-er it gives me great joy, To see you a - gain to - day."
There I can see Je-sus up -on His throne, In that bright cit-y so fair.
A glo - ri-ous thoughtwhen we all get there, We nev - er will say"good-by."
a- a a n
s
=b^b=
¥=&
b V b
-p=
-^-
£
pt b .p- : p p
^r
D. S. When I can hear Je-sus my Sav -iour say, "Shake hands with mother a-gain."
Chorus.
^:
P-$L
MS
] h | h-Ut:
zxs.
£
,te=
4 '3 J ■ ^ 3:
a:^
3=
=*
*=*
'Twill be a won-der-ful hap- py day, Up thereon the gold-en strand;
, * , A A r> A r-= = = = A , A<^A
b b b b
£ee£
«
E. M. BAKTLETT, OWNEE,
No. 80.
James Rowe.
HIS LOVE.
Floy Devaughan.
i±£ 3t_Ai XL — jj ^j M -*l —
£=*-£
#
3:
=fc£*
V
1. What a matchless Saviour I have found at last, In His bless-ed
2. Ev-'ry day He brightens, lightens ev- 'rycare, oh, glo-ry, There's no other
3. In His home in glo -ry there's a place for me, Where with Him and
k — e_ff_d r3-
t£z£.
~^^A
-*-
:&
-y-n* I* [) u
rrppp^^UP
tnr
&=£
±L
it
e
3E
b
-ing He will hold me fast; He has died to
friend to me that's half so dear, I love Him; What-so - e'er be -
loved ones I shall some day be; I shall have a
^U* — »— -
*
!*=£
§S
¥=
^=5=
EE
-y-
R-
■v-
V
v — v — v
m
±^=±
-rV
-^=
save me, blot - ted out my past,
fall me, I am sure He'll share, for - ev - er,
man - sion by the crys - tal sea,
.m * zz j*: *_
£
Oh, His love is
5
fczf
U 1 b-
^=£
■V-
Chorus.
it
T*
m
«W-
» ■;
M
^
*
* — ^ r-' ; ' b p b
more than an - y tongue can tell. His love
His love, His prec
"P—
i^^
_Lj i E_
is more than
ious love is
£=#
£=£:
U P
frr^
fe
fiE
$t
tongue can tell, No won
more than tongue can tell, I love Him, And there is
f=±
1 i Is 1 Is F-
der I His
no won-der that
£ - £
*=*:
f=F
-y — fc>
rt
y-LV
-u— '
COPYKIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. TAUQHAN.
HIS LOVE. Concluded.
i
EE
3
¥
i>
prais - es swell; And I shall leave Him nev - er, But
I His prais - es swell, oh glo - ry,
%=fc=£
■ife-U
J:'
IP
k k -
*dt
■v — v-
0 n h
h
K
h
•
h •
I/i ^
n
p
▲
A _i A r t a*
/l L ■
- -»
a
■
n
« ■• v i • F ^
mr " ™
k»L
■*
#k.
■^
L
» * Ek. i^k. i ^- ~
io/
rn
be
His
-*-
for -
ev -
i
er,
His
•a-
-f—
love
is
v " i 1 1
more than tongue can tell.
li> -i
k p U i
{ -i 9
i
r i ■ |
/\. >j
\^T -, <
^
i f
^
i,i i
i
No. 81.
Fanny J. Crosby.
NEAR THE CROSS.
W. H. Doane.
m
^Sl
-V-
1. Je - sus, keep me
2. Near the cross, a
3. Near the cross! 0
4. Near the cross I'll
near the Cross! There a prec -
trem-bling soul, Love and mer -
Lamb of God, Bring the scenes
watch and wait, Help-ing, trust -
ious foun-tain,
cy found me;
be - fore me;
ing ev - er,
-»- -*^ -#-
I
tft+L
SEE
m:
^=d
i
s
Fine.
m
Free to all — a heal - ing
There the Bright and Morn-ing
Help me walk from day to
Till I reach the gold - en
stream, Flowed from Cal -
Star Sheds its beams
day, With its shad -
strand, Just be - yond
v'ry'smoun-tain.
a - round me.
ows o'er me.
the riv - er.
-a rN *
-f-^r
TT
£
D. S. Till my rap -tured soul shall find Rest be - yond
Chorus.
~9r h M = =
U
the
9
D.S.
¥=£
-v ^
the cross, Be my glo
-E £^+= = E-
In the cross, in
ry
zt
y--
No. 82. WE'LL WALK THE STREETS OF GOLD.
te
£
h h -b-^-^-
Rupert Cravens.
-v
fc
ttzfc
-3 — g-
_^
-0- -#- -a -*-
1. I am on the road that leads to my e - ter - nalhome, in heav-en,
2. When I get to heav-en I will sing my Sav-iour'spraise,for-ev - er,
3. What a day of glo -ry when the saints come marching in, re-joic-ing,
%^4— & 1 %
~t=t
-*!—£-
m
4 | 9 — g | P b — y1^
-y — y-
h h h
&
-f>— h
it
i
jj-f-h-
■^r— S-
eJ I y i/ -0- -*- -e -•-
Hal - le - lu-jah, glo-ry,soonI'llreachthegoal;andthereI'llMeetmyfriendsand
With the an-gels in that home-land of the soul; with all the Saints of by -gone
Shouts of vic-t'ry com -ing from each ransomed soul; for ev -er Sing the song of
m
» £ £ - ,
m
:*=£
-£r— S-
*=*=£
-y y y
=y=9:
+v— I b~~^
y-h-y-
=5=?
trtr
h h h
di
fc
izS^e
^
loved ones, singing neath the heav'nly dome, And walk a
a - ges we a shout of joy will raise,
tri-umph, vict-'ry o - ver ev - 'ry sin,
-A. A .A. j£ A
-O- w . -»- t t ■(— -h- j—
long.
And walk a
long
1
-*-
-A- -A-
fr-y^—p:
-y-t-y — y-
5^=b:
-=1-
S
Chorus.
i.
A^=
^_^_
fr fr ft
? b ■ f b ' y ^ u
the streets of gold. Hal
the streets of gold, the streets of gold. Glo - ry, hal
-s-\ h h J? ■ r> J- -0- -•- -•-
i*
le - lu - iah,
le - lu - ]ah, glo
y
ry,
g
^j-JiA-
-4» — fc
gfe=£=^=P b y-
TT- p"
h— fe — ft
£-Jl
i
jL-fc-j— g
-ft-
I— S— 2— ?
rrs-
I am go - ing home, The pearl -y gates
b
i
£=fc
b
will soon
The pearl - y gates will soon
t— f
un
un
■P-
=P-
t?-£=5~
£=
:P=P=
y y
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUOHAN.
WE'LL WALK THE STREETS OF GOLD. Concluded.
3
-fc-k
-w-^
fcS
=g^=
£
±-±r
:£
£
Ji^
vv
v-
u u u
fold; " Bells are ring-ing, Soon I'll reach that
fold, for me un-fold; Bells of joy are ring-ing, ring-ing,
-F- =F
1
±l
4K-
-"£-
£=M=^I
U P
I P P g
-tM^1-
U V
Q h ^ h
^ n k. n v
Jftj h 4 55 «i
© I ) j 1 1 ! | >*
KT-^ — * — - — *-
-^— £ h r* f J 4 » ! ,. . f» . I» ^ -
p^s- C f " p P " * 1 p ■ « G '
home, And walk a -long the streets of gold.
And walk a - long the streets of gold, the streets of gold.
£ £ _#. ^ .,. k o h_i> pi
fir { 1 * Ia 1 5 ' i
EL n -I - X *1 -^ ■ T ■ ■ ■ —\ t — w ■ -L
i1- >*
H? P ! — - l— — b» — h — b — * — *—
No. 83.
L. H.
fzrP, q <gg
I HEAR THY WELCOME VOICE.
5
-f — d
h
Rev. L. Hartsough.
fe=^=^p-
Tfe
^^Egj
tit,
1. I hear Thy welcome voice, That callsme, Lord, to Thee, For cleansing in Thy
2. Tho' coming weak and vile, Thou dost my strength assure: Thou dost my vile-ness
3. 'Tis Je - sus calls me on, To per-fect faith and love, To per- fecit hope, and
I I -A- -*- -A- -A-
A I A- A g g
S^k
B^
±f=F=P=£
Chorus.
£
-fv
FF5
£=£
pre-cious blood That flowed on Cal - va - ry.
ful - ly cleanse, Till spot-les3 all and pure,
peace , and trust , For earth and heav'n a - bove.
am com-ing, Lord!Com-ing
§
K=£
£
^
-£=K
-£^K
o
-b U U-
■y — y-
"U- tr
fe^
fr-fr-
fS — 5:
-r«h
u
b
now to Thee! Wash me, cleanse me in the blood That flowed on Cal - va - ry!
££=
-0 0 0-
TT-r^y
=F=£=
b y p
-h»-
No. 84.
THAT BEAUTIFUL CITY.
J. L. SHRADER.
i
p h r>
Martin A. Graham.
-&—£-
4 r- r-
*
3t=3:
B
r=^=^
1
pa
m
1. Oft we read of a Cit - y with streets of pur - est gold, 'Tis a
2. Ma - ny loved ones are wait - ing for me on yon - der shore, And some
3. Oh, dear sin-ner get read-y to meet the Lord of all, For the
-A- _|»- -^- -A. _A- _*- _A-
H • ~i ~H~ "| • "J ~] — ~f~~
^
*=£=
t
P==b=P=
=£=£
HE
tr
i
j^-fr-fr
£=£
*
BB
^=t=p=p:
=£=£
=9=*
5
home for the faith-ful wherenoneshalle'ergrowold;Somesweetmorn-ing I'm
morn-ing I'll meet them when earth-ly life is o'er; I shall view that fair
judg-ment is com -ing to both the great and small; Come and cast all your
-A- -A- A
£ t f- r-
»=^->-^^ t ^ ,r t t-
^
^— Ej U -U— E U b
I
h h h h
fei
D^-
f — e
r£
SE
^=j
^=£
go -ing to join that ransomed throng, And up yon -der in glo - ry III
Cit - y pre-pared by Christ our King, When we meet o - ver yon-der oh,
bur-dens on Christ the Lord to -day, And then go on re-joic-ing a-
■A- -A- » -»- -A- -A- -A- -A- _ _ A-
£ - r r r r tz_;R- f t f
*
§
^=^==0=^=
=y=b=
■¥■
y y
Chorus.
E
£i
£=±C
3 — E
3
P b b y'b
sing the vict - 'ry song.
how we'll shout and sing. Oh, beau-ti -ful Cit - y
long the homeward way.
v
m
ja* k k_ -*- f- tk
— A A & — HA A A
so fair, some morning I'm
5 o I b F^
t>~y~y~b~g==
^rh-f
it
=fe
iccor^E
#— #— A-A-
b 1 x i b b b b b b b b b b
go - ing up there, When here on earth I cease to roam; .
i
A.
When here on earth I cease to roam, I cease to roam;
A
^
1
A-^F:
-^r— «-
gg£ b B b-£=£
=£=^=y-
¥=F
TTTT
COPYRIGHT, 1935, MAH'HS A. GKA1IAM AND JAJIES D. VAUGHAU, OWNEBSa
THAT BEAUTIFUL CITY. Concluded.
i
-gfr
-pt-
¥=£=&
n ti g
-p»-
?9i
•j " - - - p i p P P P P P ^
The heav-en - Iy sun-light I see, 'tis shin-ing so bright-ly for me,
n ^ ^ n
0- -0? -0? -e-
Xk.
t
-3>-
m
s
-fci g B
u ^
I
h h
-&
r * g
5p— £
-£
^za
Oh, praise the Lord I'm go - in g there.
Praise, oh, praise the Lord I'm go - ing there, I'm go - ing there.
-A- -A- -A- A- -A-
r> r
^s
■= — tk-
-p-
-y-
No. 85.
v P P
THE CLEANSING WAVE.
Mrs. Phoebe Palmer.
Mrs. J. F. Knapp.
PS
a
-■t ^
^
0 now I see the cleans-ing wave, The .oun-tain deep and
1 rise to walk in heav'n 'sown light, A-bove the world of
A - maz -ing grace! 'tis heav'n be - low To feel the blood a-
wide;
sin,
plied;
E
tigz
i
fe
3=F^
^— 3
"V n2^
gFf
SSfcCKX
Je - sus, my Lord, might -y to save, Points to His wound -ed side,
With heart made pure and gar-ments white, And Christ en-throned with - in.
And Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus know, My Je - sus cm - ci - tied
a. e f. 1 — ,-it ^ fc it — rfc _ « w
^2
i n i i - ' *
~-t-
Chords.
^ -A — i-A A A : M * — i-S A =
■V-2-
£
-rV
[The cleansing stream I see , I see ! I plunge , and 0 it cleanseth me !
(0 praise the Lord, it cleanseth me, it cleanseth me, (Omit. . . .) yes, cleansethme.
-«- • -P
HI
1
jg-ig-
t, i i ig g-H^-^
g D i
No. 86. ONWARD AND UPWARD, DOING MY BEST.
Adger M. Pace.
£=$
it
*j*\ j
V
Pii
CHAS. W. VAUGHAN.
■hi
k
-h-
5J - H* _^l -4- .41- -4-
1. Dai-ly I'm press-ing on my jour-ney to the hap -pyhome a-bove,
2 Je - sus has gone a" - long be - fore me, so I nev - er will complain,
3, On - ward and up-wardl'll keep go - ing to the glo - ry-land sub-lime,
:C=
m±
mt
U Is k 1 g k U k W W a k rfc 8
15 & G. 13 b i b nr b [ b p
F
»
£
M
~r^-
=ft=fc
w-
^ — -w-
-tH"
^ — 4— *•
Where I shall be at home with Je - sus, ev - er liv - ing in His love;
For I can see His state - ly step-pings 0 - ver mountain, hill and plain;
Sing-ing and shouting hal - le - lu - jab., for I'm hap -py all the time;
■Vr — W n — hy tf 1 h s n h F — LS N ■-
i^=^=g=^=^=p-^-^^^^p^p
^
£=$
^=^=
urn
i
h—fr
e
:f<
fv
As I am go - ing on and up-ward, I find ma - ny souls a - stray,
Glad-ly I'll fol - low in His foot-steps where-so - ev - er they may go,
Knowing that when the day is 0 - ver, if for Him I've done my best,
ss
6
7 S A g i |a b K k t
1 n h 1 n
t
!s=te
^=1
i=6
-h-
b b b p b
it
I
w*
i it
2 u
£=j^
f
-b b"
t>
*
P P P P
So I am do - ing all I can for oth-ers, all a - long my way.
For I have start-ed home to glo - ry. and I want the world to know.
I shall have tro-phies for my Sav-iour, and shall en - ter in - to rest.
gflrg "b-b— b— b— \ — b— I
=g=P=R!
^
ffi
£=£
Chorus.
^=g^
a
zrz^:
V~
I am help - ing those who've gone "a-stray,
Yes, I am do -ing all I can for souls a -stray,
J J_J J_ ft -J?
§ggEt=g=l
*LU
tec
EOT? B yjg-g
k=£^=b:
5
-p-
COPYHIGHT, 1035, ADGEE M. PACE AND CHAS. W. VAUGHAN, OWHEBS.
ONWARD AND UPWARD, DOING MY BEST. Con.
\ 1 1 h r-b—h h P--
iS=~
tt
tt£
^
p P P P" P I "p u p
Try-ing to lead them in the bless-ed heav'nly way;
r^
Lead them in the bless-ed heav-'nly way;
-a- -»- -9- -&- -»-
,r,r r r r
£
55=?:
He
-p — p — p — p-
±A
K 5 r^
A
^-7}-
£=£
:t:
3E
f— ^B £
is:
^ ^— ^
tr
p p p 1 p p p
Sing-ing and tell - ing of the Sav-iour dear, He will ev - 'ry sor - row
-g- *v -6- m _ _ ^ -©- -*- -©- -#- -p- -P- -#-
■#■
e^
JSL
=P=t
-t — -t
W-
->-
-p-
H
^
*=&
:fc
£
st
P
P
-r-1-
l> p b u y
share 3 Un - til I get home with Him to stay.
Un - til I get home, un - til I get home with Him to stay.
N_ i i ± k j i ^
15^
z=tz
s
Z=£I
"
=F
No. 87.
BETHANY.
s. F. Adams.
Lowell Mason.
Zk
5&
rr1
Z^zr£
-<^—
=t
1. Near - er, my God to Thee, Near-er to Thee!
2. Tho' like a wan-der-er, Daylight all gone,
3. There let the way ap-pear, Steps un - to heav'n;
^S — >h
E'en tho' it be a cross
Darkness be 0 - ver me,
All that Thou sendest me,
-fesr
1
:sfe
*m
E
-s: e gj
ifs=fc
^
r
1
Fine.
D. S.— Near-er, my God to Thee!
D. S.
Trrg' p-
<g^ <gf p~
^
3±
-£s^-
-l! j Al
• 23
sfcs
"Si — S — S^
Er
That rais - eth me!
My rest a stone,
In mer - cy giv'n;
Still all my songs shall be, Nearer, my God
Yet in my dreams I'd be, Nearer, my God
An -gels to beck -on me, Nearer, my God
to Thee!
to Thee!
to Thee!
2^g
p • f>
=p=
^H^fH^HM
is-
^
Near - er to Thee!
No. 88. HAPPY IN THE HOMEWARD WAY.
James Rowe.
1
•J
£
h h h
W. L. Matthews.
m
n
i^3=4
WTt-t
3=m=
1. I'm hap-py in. ;
2. No load of care.
3. Someday, in yon
m
£
the home-ward way, ,
I bear a -lone,.
der hap-py place,.
t=t
•r- r -r £
§
S
I I U~~tj=5
-y — y— y-
£=fc
-® — j
fe£=
S
For I am close.
For He has made.
I know that I . .
t
-A
to Christ to-day, to Christ
my ills His own, my ills
shall see His face, shall see
\-
to - day;
His own;
His face;
>k
1
V y p — p:
it
-y — y-
fefetei
iSJ—
=F=1
$4
And all the way.
And cheer and com
And praise Him by .
-•- -P-
b ^
His love di-vine.
fort sweet He lends,
the crys - tal sea .
r -g- f-
s
:^=p=
£=D b y-
-y — y-
=?>=£
m
B±
He whis-pers to .
And from the foe.
For - ev - er, for.
m
£i_t
t_t
^ b b
this soul of mine, this soul
my soul de-fends, my soul
His love for me, His love
m -
of mine.
de-fends.
for me.
m
i g
-y— y— y— g
^
y b b
I
Chorus.
fr-fr-fr-fr
h r> h r>
fr~T~ i
9
3hhI— H-t-
I'm home
I'm home-ward bound
I I ,P J;
■ward bound with Him who died,
with Him who died,
h f> fS „
J -#- -*- _K "V-Js
h A
1 p r r r — ■
$_£_b y~^r-s ^-£^=4^
i §
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BT JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
HAPPY IN THE HOMEWARD WAY. Concluded.
-h-
a
£=£ b h r^
ft
i^s
-• w-
3:
My life to bless,
My life to bless, my sin to hide, my sin to hide;
1
=P=£
my sin to hide,
^ D El
^
§
JST-
#
fr-5*-
-y — b^
I
£=£==
j> r> h
i
s^=g
I
oeq:
J
He keeps me pure from day to day,
He keeps me pure from day to day,
. IN f> IS k
I'm hap-py in
I'm hap -py
A- A- -A-
m
-A-
the home-ward way.
the home-ward way, the home-ward way.
4j-4j-4j-
£
h h
h
ju
s
^ — y-
j — s-
No. 89. HOLY GHOST WITH LOVE DIVINE.
GOTTSCHALK.
fct
J^
a
♦-*
a
jta:
3=±3=l^:
1. Ho
2. Ho
3. Ho
4. Ho
ly Ghost, with light di-vine, Shine up - on this heart of mine;
ly Ghost, with pow'r di-vine, Cleanse this guilt - y heart of mine;
ly Ghost, with joy di-vine, Cheer this sad-dened heart of mine;
ly Spir - it, all di-vine, Dwell with -in this heart of mine;
§3
sue
-T
T&
=Ff^
^g
BE
F
rs
-Fv-
I
**
^
3
^
i i«
day.
soul,
heart.
- lone.
«
* if
Chase the shades of night a - way, Turn my dark-ness
Long hath sin with - out con - trol, Held do - min - ion
Bid my ma - ny woes de - part, Heal my wound-ed,
Cast down ev - 'ry i - dol throne, Reign su-preme, and
API LJ=
in - to
o'er my
bleeding
reign a
J?
*-A-
-A-f
I
PF=t
PRAISE TO THE KING
No. 90.
W. B. Walbert.
b_^ h h h h fa fa
U^^h
W. C. Carter.
m
1. O - ver the mountains, the plains and the val-leyslet prais-es ring,
2. Nailed to the cross of Mount Cal-va-ry, giv-ing His life for me,
4. Now He is reign-ing in glo-ry, a King on His roy -al throne,
fN f\ IN N
d i aL
-T-
*=*=*
:£
irtrti
=5=£
^ u u
£
-u g g
^-^-
i
taM:
£
AJ>
:«:
frj-fr
P
i^
i*
i^=
^:
l>
Un - to the glo - ri - ous, ris - en Re-deem-er ho - san - nas sing;
Dy - ing and bring-ing sal-va-tion and par-dcn so full and free;
There in - ter-ced-ing the Fa-ther to care for His loved and own;
i! J J
r
^
£
J 1 ♦
-•-=!-
-y — y-
|g g g
=£=P=
W
1EZ£
*C
325
h h
4
£
E
3&=
-*^
^-^r-p— p— D"
-y-
i
Peo-ples and na-tions in glad ad - o - ra-tion His name pro-claim,
Tho' He was bur - ied and guard- ed by soldiers both night and day,
Rul - ers and monarchs be - fore Him shall bow and His reign shall see,
T-T! h h h h h — h h h — n h rr-r-N 9-
y—y 9 B — g g g
t
Fine.
S
fc — K— K
H
£=£
Won-der-ful, mar-vel-ousKing of Sal-va-tion, oh, praise His name.
Rose He tri-um-phant a vie -tor o'er death and He lives for aye.
Je - sus shall reign as the King of all Kings thru e - ter - ni - ty.
mi
f- it -f- -f-
- 1
ft it W
i^=fc^
fj
g
^=ee
=9==P— ^— M-K-
-uj — y.
D.S. Wonderful, mar-vel- ous King of sal- va-tion, oh, praise His name.
Chorus. ,
V f~&
?' p i i b ,r=^=sr-r~c
Praise Him, r praise ' Him, glad - ly
Praise to Him, all praise to Him, let your voic - es high - es
* J J J J
■£
D - est no -
-A—
CoPIMGnT, 1935, W. C. CARTER AND JAMES D. VAUGIIAN OWNERS.
I
PRAISE TO THE KING- Concluded
J L_
2
%
sing, Uq - to Him your
san-nassing to the Saviour, vie - to - ri - ous, King of all, glo - ri
§
rs
A1 A1 g
.1 , J- A,
A
P P u
-F-
X
P— A^-
13=1
P P U— g
-B — P-
i
-»-
i*
-Bfc fc tc k k k ■ —
P p P P bTl
trib - ute bring;
l>
Love
joy - ful - ly to Hun your trib - ute bring; Love and
B
jt
4=
Him,
a - dore Him let
h h r>
f- &i -*a -^
£=£=
-3+p p-
lr-tr
1r-tr
i
D.ff.
love Him, spread His fame;
none come be -fore Him, Keep tell -ing the world of His fame;
■f--F-f-AAA-f--S--f-A A A P>
-y-
-fc»-
>-=!■
■*>-
■V-
jj — P — P-
No. 91.
Ray Palmer.
MY FAITH LOOKS UP TO THEE.
Lowell Mason.
'Z2
^9r
£=t
5=^
#
— <s--
jSjH-^^ — 5—
1. My faith looks up to Thee,Thoa Lamb of Cal-va-ry, Saviour Divine; Nowhearme
2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to mj faint-ing heart, My zeal in-spire; As Thou hast
3. While life's dark maze 1 tread And griefs around me spread, Be Thou my Guide; Bid darkness
-A- -A-
^K
r3j
^-rf2-
t
&r-
■EL
m
2*
-f:: 5 $r
#
while I pray, Take all my sins a - way, 0 let me from this day Be whol - ly Thine!
died for me, 0 may my love to Thee, Pare, warm and changeless be A liv -ing fire,
turn to-day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ev-er stray From Thee a - side.
-Ar^-A- t3s- -£s- -A-=--A- -£s-
t^iK
:p=
zz
=
£
=
■F
£^™=F
No. 92.
Adger m. Pace.
Ite^i
£
OH, HAPPY DAY.
b — h-
fetefe
Paul b. Collins.
=£
, , , 1
# • » #— ■
2St
1 * ' b
1. Oh, hap - py day,...
2. Oh, hap -py day,...
3. Oh, hap - py day,. . .
Vt
1 X
oh, joy di - vine,,
oh, bliss -M hour,,
when I shall rise .
u b
§31*
±
W±L
3 — s-
j-
S£
i
zt
it
§
~Lj? W1 A ^
' P P P P"
-=1— ■£-
■=1-
-b-b-
When Je - sus saved .
When first I felt..
To meet my Sav
S
m — h h h n n r~
this soul of mine, this soul of mine;
His cleansing pow'r, His cleansing pow'r;
- iour in the skies, up in the skies;
-P— p— u
3
p=p=
=£=£=
=p=p=
#r
fefe
-.. h
t=±L
221
"V
r « 1 tr
He gave to me
It rilled me with
With all the saints . . .
I I
^-15 b b b b
a glad new heart,
a song of praise,
and loved ones there,
I
7T> 1 g
a
^=
i-43L
a
a
3^
■zd
■# # p — P-
b b b b
S
^
T^D"
His love to oth
I'll sing it . thru.
We'll crowu Him King .
m
t- tt t
ers to un-part, yes, to mi
e - ter -nal days, e - ter-nal
of glo - ry fair, of glo - ry
£
-£-4
P
• part,
days..
fair.
P
m
g — p p p g
3
3— g
-p P u
Chorus.
r h
i
^^
^Eg
maz
day,
Si
Oh, hap - py day,
Oh, hap - py day, blest hap - py
blest hap - py day,
>f I J j
-4AH
1
-i | g
KEg
5^
COPYKIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN OWNERS.
1
te
OH, HAPPY DAY.
, -i r> h h — u^
Concluded.
r^
=?■
P F T-
When Je - sus came with me to stay;
When Je - sus came with me to stay;
±E3
Ss
Sz
■V— y-
~^> P R
B
^:
i=^-
5-
P P rP~
Peace, love, joy, and ev - 'ry - thing,
He gave me Deace and love and joy oh, yes, He gave me ev - 'ry-thing,
is -•-. -*- -♦>. *i
and
I
1
_!_■ ^1
■**■
-y-
-y-
-y-
■v-
e
-y-
-v-
ISt
h h
2=*:
7 — g ^»~
-^V
J P P P P
And now His praise I glad - ly sing,
And now His praise I glad - ly sing, I glad - ly sing.
No. 93
THERE IS A FOUNTAIN
William Cowper.
Western Melody.
H — — K^
*
1. There is a fountain filled with blood Drawn from Im-man-nel's veins, And sinners, plnnged beneath that flood,
2. The dying thief rejoiced to see That fountain in his day; And there may I, though vile as he,
3. Dear dying Lamb! Thy precious blood Shall never lose its pow'r, Till all the ransomed church of God
4. Then in a nobler, sweeter song, I'll sing Thy pow'r to save, When this poor lisping stamm'ring tongue
' d — ' '
m^-
s
SEB
A-
?2S
D k~>
czfc
-y-
V
J
Fine.
J*
-**-
D.S.
M~B~
i
-g-±
-V—
V I I ' I "-A-A- -^f
Lose all their guilty stains. Lose all their guilty stains, Lose all their guilty stains,
Wash all my sins a - way. Wash all my sins a - way, Wash all my sins a - way,
Be saved to sin no more. Be saved to sin no more, Be saved to sin no more,
Lies si - lent in the grave. Lies si - lent in the grave, Lies si - lent in the grave.
A- -A- . „ -A-=- -A- o -A- tSs- -A- -A5- -A--A- M
i
*E±fc
-mi
-d — r
k K A
No. 94.
OUR BLEEDING SAVIOUR.
Adelle Justice.
Slow with feeling.
C. A. Brock.
h S fL
mk
f^Hv
^
±~
^
£
^^
-*—
^3
1. I viewed my Sav-iour on the rug-ged cross of Cal-va-ry,
2. As there I stood and looked on Him, I felt my aw-fulneed,
3. Just then the load was lift - ed, and I felt the cleansing stream,
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
f- f t- r- f «
§
£
£
Eg
P b P P=£=
T>t> b P t>
£
it
^L
fL-+r-j=i$=*=3c=p:
ir
Oh, pre-cious, lov - ing Sav-iour, bleed -ing there for you and me;
I seemed to hear Him say -ing, 'tis for you that I now bleed;
It filled me with His glo - ry, far be-yond my fond- est dream;
^£^
at
p p
^~
■p r> h
fe=fe:
M
I heard Him say "'tis fin -ished" then
'Twas then my heart was melt - ed, and
I love to tell the sto - ry, how
b b
E
<P/f f
He bowed His head and died,
I bowed my head and cried,
it thrills me thru and thru,
J=L
¥
S
jgj |s
£=£
-v — y-
-2— y-
i
F5^
+> — fe-
£=
His pre - cious cleans-ing blood was stream
Oh, Sav-iour, let Thy blood to me,
Oh, broth -er, won't you hear it? He
*> p p > p p
±
-gr -&- sr tt ;ar
-ing from His wound-ed side,
in mer - cy be ap - plied,
will do the same for you.
fcft
te
£=p=
V— % — tr
Chorus.
tft
^
EE^J
fr?=£
53
hz3z
£
jii h-
sy -«- -y- -«- r^ -^- -a- -a-
Oh, it dripped, dripped, dripped from my
r-l
Sav-iour's wound - ed side,
fL
v=^
£
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAKT.
OUR BLEEDING SAVIOUR. Concluded.
m
a
ft-fr-fr
&
z±
rrrr
me, for you and me;
p
Won-drous pow
-A-
er, cleans-ing pow'r for you
-A- -A- -a- -a-
and
-A _A_
fe£
^-jj.
# 0 — ■ — P — w-
t> p 5 5 r:
K-
-y — p-
— h k> M-=| c-b h P
-A—
— A—
AAA
rf-^~t~
— H — 1 h 1 — • — ! fvn 1-1 — • —
4»
—
\:j }
W i »: » ♦ J f J
Yes,
m
* ir -»- ' J -r ♦ P
it dripped, dripped, dripped from that foun
n i-"* n « «
P
•tain
■
p p
o - pened wide,
(»' n
(*•■ P A
A A « A •" A » A A
A
A
1 J ! J lA
"Ml h
k u* r
1 ? g-U-
-y — ^v p p v — p —
"P~
— p-
— U—
rit
±r—±T
#=fc
-a Fa
n
Oh, my broth-er, see Him dy - ing on the cross of Cal - va - ry.
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- ^
-F:
isjfc
is
~JI
IBC
JL=
"H^ —
No. 95.
-P — ^— P-
-P-
P P
P P
JUST AS I AM.
Charlotts Elliott.
Wm. B. Bradbury.
1.
Just
as
I
2
Just
as
I
3.
Just
as
I
4,
Just
as
1
5.
Just
as
1
am! with-out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me,
am! and wait - ing not, To rid my soul of one dark blot,
am! tho' toss'd a-bout, With many a conflict, many a doubt,
am! poor, wretched blind, Sight, rich -es, heal-ing of the mind,
am! Thouwilt re-ceive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve;
And that Thou bidd'st me come to Thee 0 Lamb of
To Thee, whose blood can cleanse each spot, OLambof
With fears with-in and foes with-out, 0 Lamb of
Yea, all I need in Thee to find, OLambof
Be - cause Thy prom - ise I be-lieve, 0 Lamb of
-■"I I If J -A- -£=--A-
fj ^ M _£ » J -P- -f^-^-F- T— T-
^M
^ ?2 tL.
±E*t
God!
God!
God!
God!
God!
-&—
I come!
I come!
I come!
I come!
I come!
i
a eg.
I come!
I come!
I come!
I come!
A
=A=fs:
i$W
£
No. 96.
WONDERFUL FRIEND IS HE.
W. B. WALBERT.
m^^^^m
odie B. Comer.
1
~ttt
1. Marching to glo - ry, tell - ing the sto - ry , trusting my Lord and King, mj King»
2. Ev - er re-joic -ing, glad praises voic-ing, trusting Him all the way, the way,
3 . Some glad to-mor-row , when thru with sorrow , we '11 reach our heav 'nly home, our home,
SbfcS
J«
r* « « 1 *
-flv-v
W— ¥-
^
^=^=r=p
^=£
gN^^fffl^m^^
r-
*.* V— -* -C:.r. ' " * " P t
Praising my Saviour, winning His fa - vor, ev - er to Him I'll cling, I'll cling;
Lov - ing Him ev - er, doubting Him nev-er, He is my guide and stay, and stay;
Thereby the riv -er, we'll rest for - ev - er, nev - er a-gain to roam, to roam;
»
17-*
£
-u=
fe>-
=y-
trf~t~ u~ tr^
v-
^
£
*
Si
£:
P u
>-Sr
^
Se»
-rWH
w
m
-»- ■; Lj U P U P !
Find-ing de-light, by day and by night in serv-ing this bless-ed friend, my friend,
When skies are drear-y, I'm nev - er wea - ry , Je - sus is ev - er near, so near,
Oh, what a meet-ing! when we are greet-ing loved ones gone on be-fore, be -fore,
"£" :£ :£ j4- -A- -A--*--*- -A-
f f 1~ » rUr g t~ JZ g r- +- f -p-
felbfi;
:U>_>_>^
*=H^
P=^=^=^=¥=^=^=r=P=P
_3 Ad A A 4. l—A A 3 & '
J 1 g -
I
t 7^ V
Know-ing that He my pi - lot will be, till sor-rows all shall end, shall end
Praise Hisdeamame, He'sev - er the same, fill - ing my life with cheer, with cheei
Prais-ing our Lord in per -feet ac-cord, on that e - ter-nal shore, bright shore,
s
V-
S:
=0^— p-
f^^^fc^^y
F G 5 L ± — ! — ' '
p F F I p p #p p
£
Chorus.
i
^^^S
3:
BE
rH=r"=E^=H=^=*
trtr
On - ' ward go - ing, tell -ing of love di-vine,
On to the fight, go for the right, tell -ing of love, of love di-vine,
I
£d2=i
=P=P=£
^
■y-
=F
-p-
P=£=
COPYRIGHT, 1935, JAMES D. VAUGHAN AND V. B. WAI/BERT, OWNERS.
WONDERFUL FRIEND IS HE. Concluded.
frrf^-fr
ea
^=M=
a
-^
nrt
Hap - - py, know - - ing, Je - sus is ev - er mine;
Hap-py to-day, know-ing the way, Je - sus is ev-er tru-ly mine;
& h *l J* J* J> P *"* - . »__
fe2
JU&
B
S=ft=g=£
-fl-k-p
Ff
F
b^-
!^
£h
-&-
T
L>
tr
#
HM7
Wafch - -' ing, wait - - ing, long-ing His face to see,
Watch is sub-lime, wait-ing the time, long-ing His face, His face to see,
Sfcfc
^t^J^jAAA±^
5=^
:£ :£ qfc at 3t
-k k— rJ-
1
I
Pr-h-fr
BE
££*
£=£
P TT f 7T
Trusting His love and look-ing a-bove, Won-der-ful Friend is He, is He.
-*-.-*-_ -A- -A- -A- -*■ -a- h h
r— e — K~r^ — ^ — J-
-t^-t:
prPi !* a — a — k=
—
*
jfc
.A-
p=t£=£=g:
U-
No. 97.
b ; L>
AMAZING GRACE.
John Newton.
Wm. Walker.
BE
IE
S
tbs
fi
4:
4
3
q=
St
-O1- -*- ^ -O1- " -&1- -D- ~&-
1. A - maz - ing grace, how sweet the sound, That saved
2. 'Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace
3. Thru ma - ny dan - gers, toils, and snares, I have
4. When we've been there ten thousand years, Bright shin ■
i
5
Wk
1IL.
■*- - r l
a wretch like me;
my fears re - lieved;
al - read - y come;
■ ing as the sun;
1. -f^-T»- p .
a
IS
F=f
±E
P=f=^
££
2?
3
a
=:
I once was lost but now I'm found, Was blind
How pre - cious did that grace ap- pear, The hour
'Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace
We've no less days to sing God's praise, Than when
^:
n
but now I see.
I first be-lieved.
will lead me home.
we first be - gun.
7TT- J Al i A-
j-
*=f
3E
*:
¥
I
No. 98.
Chas. W. Vaughan.
I
14
HEEi=3z=ib
YOU NEED JESUS.
£
SPEER.
-&-fL
f
3»L 1 1
-*i III
*=qj=*
I*) il A 4t=d
1. Oh, soul in dark-ness and in night, there's hope for you and pure de-light, If
2. As trav'ling on-ward day by day, 'mid snares and pit -falls on the way, You
3. Then let Christ be your friend and guide, and have Hhndai - ly by your side, His
P P
you will turn and seek the Lord, for it is prom-ised in His word; You
need a Pi - lot safe and sure to guide you right and keep you pure: Let
love will fill your soul with song, and keep and shield from all that's wrong; When
•F 1— -F « -F- 1— -p -F- -F- ■#■ •*• ■*■ h
£
t- r
£
-hK
lit A 'A tk-
-p~
=P=P=
~P-
-p-
p p
v
fefefefeif
j n : a ■ h 1 —
-3w
E
:l=
t) - j
may not re - al - izc your sin, nor what is troub-ling you with - in, Yet,
noth - ing turn you from this Friend, up - on whose love you can de-pend, With
comes the time for you to go, and leave this world of sin and woe, His
i
Ffa
»
^=^=^=^
£=£— 1— fc= £ I g— fc
-U p P— P=£
£=£
3=*
P
tr
there is One so kind and true, you need His love to help you thru.
Him to guide, you'll make it thru, but Him you need, you sure - ly do.
love will prove an an - chor sure death's chil - ly wa- iters to en -dure.
-A-
^=£
i
t-
1-
* — i
m
p p p=£=£ — p— -y — £=£ P ■=*
tr" p— ^
Chorus
Oh, you need Je-sus, you need Je - sus, you needJe-sus,
you
Yes,
you need Je - sus,
£B
^
S=#
h J* J J J Jj i i J ^
L * __ yy
£= P ■ P P
L> u ^ s
OOPYBIGHT, 1935, G. T. SPKEB AND CHAS. W. VAUGHAN, OWNERS.
YOU NEED JESUS. Concluded.
£
A
V
-fv
i
-»v IS
*£
g
J
V
0—0-
t^
\> b b
Won't you let this bless -ed Re-deem -er have con- trol,yes, have con-trol?
.. i- f-f ■■+■ r r r r . ,h>-r -*' J J JV "
£- — A A It-
5
HA IA IA A A
I b 3— P=^
p=p=
£=£2=
-y — ?>
£
^7
jX__P_^l_4X
*
_L
:-$
-tr
i>
'V-
Yes, you need Je - sus, you need Je -sua, you need Je-sus,
Yes, you need Je-sus,
h h P P P D -^ ^ H ^ 1
' I1 -#- .#. -5. .,. ^. .g. _M. —
See
b b b b b
Oh, dear sin - ner won't you let Je - sus save your soul, yes, save your soul?
-I 1 1 1 j F- £ p| p- — * « 3 3 *—
D — b b— b— g— g— F=£=£
£=
-v — ^
LORD REVIVE US.
No, 99.
Rev. R. Robinson.
J. J. Rousseau.
Fine.
-^=d
*^=£=H
'£3=3^7-
fi .-Jr - «J
f"
(Come, Thoa Fount of ev - 'ry bless -ing, Tune my heart to sing Thy grace;)
( Streams of mer-cy, nev - er ceas -ing, Call for songs of loud -est praise.)
( Teach me some me - lo - dious son -net, Sung by flam - ingtongues a - bove; )
{ Praise the mount I'm fixed up - on it, Mountof Thy re-deem-ing love.)
(Je - sus sought me when a stran-ger, Wand'ring from the fold of God;)
[He to res -cue me from dan-ger, In - ter-posed His pre- cious blood.)
w
±-
-0-*4
+■*-
-ft~
tz
^E
D. C. Lord, revive us, Lord, re - vive us, All our help must come from Thee.
Chorus. , «^ . . D.C.
S^E^
JlE
eSb a i
lEFp — pErp^f
Lord, re - vive us, Lord, re - vive us, Send Thy bless-ings full and free,
-!-
4
M=^=i
i
§^
£=t
No. 100. WE SHALL REIGN ON THE EARTH.
adger M. Pace.
James D. Vaughan.
tL
1. I have found a hap - py mes-sage in the dear old book di - vine,
2. I'm so glad of this sweet prom-ise, how it thrills me with de - light,
3. Glo - ry be to God the Fa-ther, to the Son and Ho - ly Ghost,
-^ -A- -**■ -A-
— - f~ • — tL
^p-b4 , -5 h W — h U — R h h
3
i^=g-4)— ^— ^— ^ g bz-u-4MTrTT~M-
J2— fe
£
^
l
a
A=— i*-
fc
-*- — * »- — *-
V I P I
±E*
rrrrr
birth, of low - ly birth;
worth, His pow'r and worth;
mirth, of praise and mirth;
'Tis a mes-sage from the Christ of low - ly
That my Lord with all His pow - er and His
We shall sing a song of praise and full of
^
iE.
r n
=*=&£=*
te=fc
*=fc
*=*■
H— M-5— P
£=£
fa£=£:
To the saints of by - gone a - ges and to
Has bequeathed to us a king-dom where no
'Twill be joy to live for - ev - er with the
all who for Him shine,
sin can ev - er blight,
roy - al heav-'nly host,
fe£
h
BJMe
£
M-4^-M>-^f^=F=r%^
BS
fe^e
P £^S
&=#
-*=-
mi
u -0— p— g
When this mor - tal life is o - ver, we shall
When with Him and all the ransomed, we shall
When in glo - ry with the Sav-iour, we shall
A- -A-
• i± 9 ir ir ±z
reign up - on the earth,
reign up - on the earth,
reign up - on the earth.
f- r
*=t
§
4s=^
lb h
£
^— L^ — ^j — ^ — g?=^ gj — ^ ^=:b^
Chorus.
p ~V p
fe£
id:
aiz:
-r-fr-r-
S H
Be
■53 ♦
p— r
-r^
^ p p
We shall reign with Him in glo
We shall reign with Him in glo
Mr e •• m m
%
y »• — h — p. — p
ry.
ry, yes, in glo - ry,
-Pf -"t -»- -P- ~Pf
ik k5 1 *- P*-
»
-b P b~-£
RF^
g — g
P-^— \>— P— ^— t
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BT JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
WE SHALL REIGN ON THE EARTH. Concluded.
fcfc
-fc-
-fe-
h
£
*
*Fff
33T
Praise Him for His match-less worth;
Praise Him for His match-less worth, His match-less worth;
-*-=■ -A- -*1 -*- -A^
S
ferP-^-
v P K
=P=£
£=P=
-♦^
i
-ft— »■
•rzsb
fi
& -ft P-
2t
1
&
^^
er3^
-^5— ♦
£=
r-r-t?
x b 0 u * rTF-fr-
Glo -ry, glo - ry hal - le - lu - jah,
Glo - ry, glo - ry hal - le - lu - jah, hal - le - lu - jah,
-fc k k k — I
fcrV-^s
^^
ig
^5 *=
We shall reign .
U
b
We
T ■""" "?■" 'W
j i> p r
up - on the earth.
shall reign up - on the earth, up - on the earth.
£■:££.. !> ft -0 _ft I
i— 3i
^2:
v:
No. 101.
ASLEEP IN JESUS.
Margaret Mackay.
William b. Bradbury.
1. A -sleep in Je
2. A -sleep in Je
3. A -sleep in Je ■
sus!
sus!
sus!
■A-
bless -ed sleep, From which none ev - er wakes to weep,
0 how sweet, To be for such a slum-bermeet!
peace-ful rest, Whose waking is sup-preme-ly blest!
-m — pS1
p#*
m
~?5~
i
rzc
-<?:
f1 1 g-
I — x — Tsh — s — 2! ah
A calm and un - dis-turbed re - pose, Un-brok-en by the last of
With ho - ly con - fl - dence to -sing, That death has lost its ven-omed
No fear, no woe, shall dim that hour, That man -i-feststheSav-iour's
m
3£=S:
^=3:
foes.
sting.
pow'r.
-4lsL
No. 102.
THE RAINBOW OF PROMISE.
Luther Drummond.
i Jr R J £) -
J. T. Cook.
> P Qw l»~
b b V
1. Storm -y clouds were gath-er-ing low, lost and troubled was I, was I,
2. With my trust in Je-sus, I see He's a won-der-ful Friend, my Friend,
3. When the clouds hang heav-y and low, then 'tis eas - y to see, to see.
m
£i
A
-P-4UU-
Jl
^3=$=S=p=£=t!t
*
£
Drift-ing on to darkness and woe, but the Saviour drew nigh, drew nigh;
With me, He has promised to be e - ven un - to the end, the end;
Ev - 'ry col - or bright-er will glow, 'tis His prom-ise to me, to me;
-A- -A- -a- a- -a. -a. .a- J: :p g :£ 3: £ *| X
fet^-Ll^— k=j==i
1g=£=£
=£=£=
=y=P=£— 0=£
-y-
-v-
-y — y-
fc^hlz^ztt^
£
^=^=^
^
taH"
?
:&<
b b --U
To the Ark of safe - ty He lead, and I en-tered that day, that day,
He has made a cov - e - nant true, in the clouds of the sky, the sky,
I will trust Him all the way home, that is where the bow ends, it ends,
-A- _ -A- . -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -^-^ JSl
m
£
±~
%
1
-y-
Pl/bp p p p g g P— U^g— g—g
i
Bcjr»— r~ i
£=*=£
£
E5
I
|
S
^^rrff
^
P b P u
Now I find there's nothing to dread, He is lead-ing the way, the way.
Set His bow of won-der-ful hue, with Him, safe-ly am I, am I.
Live with Him and nev - er -more roam, that's His prom-ise to men, to men.
JL ji. -±_ _a_ _a- ,-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- iA- J$ h P I J
Bright -ly the rain - - -bow shines to-day,
Bright -ly now I'm see-ing the bow, it is shin-ing to - day, to-day,
A f A-' . . - -A- A- . >- -A- * ji J> JJL
s
-£*
£-g
P^eBe^e^e^
S5e^
£
COPTKICHT, 1035, COOK AND DRUMMOND, OWSKtS
THE RAINBOW OF PROMISE. Concluded.
1 h b «P b b t, i , , h b b h
fefefe
fefcl
wm
sdi
V-
*?
5fc
D"
To -ken of love I clear ly see;
To -ken of God's won-der-ful love, now I clear-ly can see, I see;
£§£
t- £-£-
■A- £
-r*-#-
&&
JUE-J ^M=^-rrW^-fe=i^
H5
^
£
f
V?
-y-
tr i - I p
Lead-ing me up the glo - ry way,
Lead-ing safe-ly, up -ward for me, to the glo -ry -land way, the way,
i^s
*=*
t
^=^^
£=Ff=^=
1=
fe£
-&
*> "
fl f A
5
SE
K=?
BS
D-^-r-^~b ^
v
£
?
^ b b LJ
Bless-ed Bow of promise di - vine, keep on shin-ing for me, for me.
tn^±t^^M
M j
ap
No. 103.
WHERE HE LEADS ME.
1
b-
Jt
h-
izB£=^=3
rt
*HV
14=1
=£=£
V
r
1. I can hear my Sav-iourcall
2. I'll go with Him thru the gar
3. He will give me grace and glo
b b
ing, I can hear my Sav-iour call-ing,
den, I'll go with Him thru the gar -den,
ry, He will give me grace and glo - ry,
S4t- JEffi
-U — S^— t
£
IS
£g=g
=P=
f
^
jE-
Cho. Where He leads me I will fol
h i. h P
p i p -i y
low, Where He leads me I will fol - low,
ad lib D. C. for Chorus.
F?~iJ- !!TJ j1^
-fe
w
£
-*- -«- :*• -<&■
t*- -*. -#- ^. *
V V
Take thy cross and fol-low, fol -low me.
I ' 11 go with Him , with Him all the way .
And go with me, with me all the way.
I can hear my Sav-iour call - ing,
I'll go with Him thru the gar - den,
He will give me grace and glo - ry,
^g^p^fe^a^
£=t
2^5
£zzfc
=r^=
fc
l> P ' e* b nr
Where He leads me I will fol - low, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way-
No. 104. IN THE HOME-LAND OF THE SOUL.
M. H. McKee. k R. e. Jordan.
— h— ft
^N^m
tn=±
$=±<
1. I am look-ing for the dawn-ing of a won-drous hap - py morning,
2. It is soon I shall be meet-ing loved ones with a hap-py greet-ing,
3. Best of all I'll know the fav - or of the bless - ed Lord and Saviour,
IS^
4=-
5£
4r_
£
r r »
J
1* k k
4cqs=
^^tr-b g -b— g
^— b— U— b-+^-b b b p F
tt£
£
ft — Fv
*
i t i c r
^
5
When the clouds a - way for-ev-er more shall roll, a - way shall roll;
Who by faith have reached the shin-ing heav-'nly goal, the heav-'nly goal;
Whom the an-gels 'round the shin-ing throne ex - tol, they now ex - tol;
2 -f~ -f~ -a- -m- -F- -m- m -»- -W-
:t=t
^=Jc
£
^^^P=^^=^
:P==P=
f
tr-ir
F-g s g *i J' fl f • 3 -f — g J' T
1
it
* " w b
There will be un - end-ing glad-ness, nev-er more a thought of sad -ness,
For my com-ing they are wait-ing as the joy I'm con-tem-plat-ing,
I shall join the won-drous sing-ing, where the gold-en harps are ring-ing,
§?, t E
1
lt^&-
£
4=i-
dz=s fe -k — k k k k
^b 5 [b b P 5 P
3E
l> b b 'b-b— b— b-
£
£=£=
^^
it
t-t-
$
-v
3^
O - ver yon-der in the home-land of the soul.
in the home-land of the soul.
w
v % i
m
v
r>
1
b b
I the
4* ^ p p p p p p
Chorus.
it
2d>
£=£
fefe
^
% P f:
In that home, bless - ed home,
In that hap - py home, bless - ed home sweet home,
§
j>— a:
$
I — b b b^
B
£=
COPTKIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
IN THE HOME-LAND OF THE SOUL.
Concluded.
h— h-
■fv
g BJ 1
V-
-V-
V
ITT
Li V
Where the saints are al- ways hap- py, glad and free;
so glad and free;
* -P-
-F- -P-
-J-FrP-f
§
77^
Ta:
-Hr-fr
^=^=
u u 'u
I
it
ft
-rV
3*=
£p=£
es shall roll,
prais - es there shall for - ev - er roll,
-
X U i)
End - less prais
End - less
I f f
— at m m —
-17— >r
^¥^-
-y=p-
fcfiz
^
fcrfe
^^a-
-•-^
M
To our bless - ed
_jb e Jn iz~
b u
Lord for all e - ter - ni - ty. e - ter - ni - ty
-fi-fc-
M
n n
=S==f
TT
No. 105.
; u p u L^ U
ROCK OF AGES.
A. M. TOPLADY.
THOS. HASTINGS.
k Fink
■P — h — h-i—h-
-V
nfcsb
—-3, — 4 y 'd
hide my -self in Thee;
fill the law's de-mands;
eyes shall close in death;
A - h h,
1. Rock of A - ges,
2. Not the la - bor
3. While I draw this
cleft for me, Let me
of my hands Can ful -
fleet - ing breath, When my
i
-i~
M^
$=
v — v-
u T~~ P
D.C. Be of sin the
D.C. All for sin could
D. C. Rock of A - ges,
— P-
v-
s
dou - ble cure, Cleanse me
not a - tone, Thou must
cleft for me, Let me
from
save
hide
its guilt and pow'r.
and Thou a - lone,
my - self in Thee.
I
m
\> h &
*fc
fr— fr
it
D.C.
it
^
^
Let the wa - ter and the blood, From Thy wounded side which flowed,
Could my zeal no res - pite know, Could my tears for - ev - er flow,
When I soar to worlds un- known, See Thee on Thy judg-ment throne,
-£ — , ,?. B E fc rA-
£=£
£fcfc
#
£
S — B
r
No. 106.
G. T. S.
BEAUTIFUL HEAVEN.
G. T. Speer.
I^^HPI
1. When I think of a beau - ti - ful heav - en with streets all paved with gold,
2. There we'll see all thebless-ed re-deemed ones, all robed in gar-ments white,
3. Praise the Lord, I am hap-py in Je - sus, walk-ing the ho - ly way,
5E=g d—4=i£ a gSE he
«
-.ft ft ft- h ==&==&
J
ft
Where we'll live with our bless - ed Ee-deem-er while a - ges
0 - ver there in that beau - ti - ful heav - en, where comes no
With the light shin - ing o - ver my path-way, guid - ing each
f £ V
^=^
Ap-jp-jp.
roll;
night;
day;
p\ I
I
^
£=£
g=r=^
£
£=>
^6=fc
£=£
A [A- A A A A 'a — I
0 — .-
Oh, the joy that is thrill -ing me when I think of that ha-ven fair,
Oh, it will be a hap-py re - un - ion there with the saint -ed band,
When the call of the trump-et is sound -ed I'll hear Him say to me,
-W- A ■# -*- -kr -*t- -*- -W-
'M£
£=£
^^
£
r=r=^^=b— u— v
v
fc^
v-
V-j-
£=£
S
^
&
2
Praise
Sing -
Come
gfc
the Lord, hal - le - lu - jah! to Je - sus I'm go - ing
ing songs to the bless - ed Re-deem-er, in that good
and live in a beau - ti - ful heav - en e - ter - nal
f f Ia ft Ja \L fr
there,
land.
-iy.
-?-
g
^=^ — v— r b p p-
±»-
Chorus.
£
$
J 3 p i fefe
£
i
test
-p-
T
■*"*
Ob, what a beau - ti - ful heav- en, o - ver by the crys-tal sea,
jt. -v- - -*- -w.- .. -ft. A- JL -k_ . .. (\
=p:
£
COPYRIGHT, 1035, G. T. SPEER, OWNER.
i
BEAUTIFUL HEAVEN. Concluded.
h a a
fcfe
m
±r
3±
-a » w— p
Oh, what a beau - ti - fill man-sion, Je - sus has for me;
oh, glo-ry;
" A r ♦ -^ %- -fc- v -s -*- — ■*- ^
fc=fc
^->-
g=S-j — U-
=P=
-y-
-p — v-
=y=
Saints will be shout -ing and sing - ing, robed in their gar-ments white,
♦ + -*• -k- » -'- -fcr » -*■ -*- -*- ^ A -*-
,W p A A A g A A A
Jfc
Fl
-y b>"
I
±T
ft — h-
£=t
:*:
p " f i> r
Up in that beau - ti - ful heav - en, where comes no night.
no shades of night.
£P^=£
a a
-5 — F
No. 107.
Isaac Watts.
ARLINGTON.
Thomas A. Arne.
I
&*:
^ — ■
1. Am I a sol-dier of the cross, A fol-'wer of the Lamb,
2. Must I be car-ried to the skies On flow-'ry beds of ease,
3. Are there no foes for me to face? Must I not stem the flood?
4. Sure I must fight, If I would reign; In-crease my cour - age, Lord!
^T$—-\l. 'a a 1 iff i» i I U
g
23:
>;-
-f»-
=FP=
■¥-
4-
-^— £— u
Oft
h S 1
K
_h , \
V^ J ' 1 ' N ! P ' m1' a"1 a i
P J 1 1
. i
/ 3 ■ «■'• • a f i i i !
Ei d 1 1- J 1 U h^ * J * —
ji — * — i s —
-aL
ff J \—^ e *
And shall I fear to own His cause, Or blush t
While oth - ers fought to win the prize, And sailed th
Is this vile world a friend to grace, To help n
I'll bear the toil, en - dure the pain, Sup - port - <
1 — ^f-"
o speak His name?
ro' blood -y seas?
le on to God?
;d by Thy Word.
F~ f- f p
(»ft i
A- A A
r' r r- >
i
1 1 r
I '•*" »
I Ij 1
*^ r
1 • y i h-
1J D A
L
■ j |
1
1
U
;
r
No. 108.
Stella May Thompson.
tV— -+V
BLESSED HOPE.
W. H. NELSON.
I
h h
£=£=£:
t-
tr-
F
*=*
1. Bless - ed hope, in my heart, that shall nev - er de-part, E - ven tho'
2. Bless - ed hope, comes to cheer, when great per - ils are near, He will pro -
3. Bless -ed hope, thro' His grace, I shall look on His face, When I ar -
£
1 — I — r
£:
&
*=£
-p—tr
5 P P"
=fe
^
^^
g
±c
heights may be rug - ged, I must as - cend; Great sal - va - tion is
tect, for His hand is lead - ing the way; Trust - ing - ly I press
rive in that won-drous, heav - en - ly land; "lis a glo - ri - ous
-A- -jA- -A- -A- -±- -A- * -A- o . -A- -A"
1^
S^
&
¥=5=
£=£
P — tr
:ft=£:
it
*=±
X
t=£
=t
tr
l;
mine, thro' His love so di - vine, Je - sus my Lord, bless His name, my
on, for my doubt-ings are gone, Know-ing that I shall reach home some
thought, since my soul He has bought, One of these days, with the saints in
£
fH^-f— f
-A-
-T-
l=£
£=^
P P tr
£
» U
ft-=ft-
Chorus
2±
&
-A^-
rr^
-^ — fc — P 5
b BlTT
i
b 0 b b
Sav - iour and Friend , my Sav - iour and Friend . Bless-ed h ope , .
won -der - ful day, some won-der - ful day. Bless-ed hope, thro' love di
glo - ry I'll stand, in glo - ry I'll stand.
h ft ft ft . .j ft ft .ft ' - *
4
£=£=£=£
^S=^
^^=p=#
^=£
-J.
Zfe
3. h h_
r d d D d*'* c c c r :
vine, won - der - ful hope.it tru - ly is
3 3
I am and heir to
g g g g
* J J i ...
! Ij 5 ij r»~
t:
p^
jg g g
¥=£=£
£=£
p -p — p —
COPTBIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
BLESSED HOPE. Concluded.
H h h
4M>
F*
>^—
I
man-sions fair, in heav-en a - bove, in heav - en a - bove Bless - ed
-a- -F- -jfc-5- -jit-
*
• • ■*"
£=£
fr—p b -£— g=g— [rrtr- g
E
£=£
Fd1 p d' & i d D=r^rhrf^=^
hope Sing - ing of
hope, it won't be-long till I shall join the heav-en - ly throng,
» " * J? JVJ*
£=E
:P=je
e*
-b I) b-
&=&=£
F5-H
t-^44
:^
a TT
-r-tr
T
rt~^^b~t
"17 p ^ p u [) ?■ v v \>
Him who died be -cause of won-der - ful love, His won-der-ful love.
*
r
J:
£
b b b
No. 109.
FAWCETT.
BLEST BE THE TIE THAT BINDS.
Hans Georg Nageli.
1. Blest be
2. Be - fore
3. We share
4. When we
the
our
our
a ■
S5
5
£
tie~ that binds Our hearts in Chris - tian love;
Fa -ther's throne We pour our ar - dent pray'rs;
mu - tual woes, Our mu - tual bur - dens bear;
sun - der part, It gives us in - ward pain;
F=
:p
£
-f2-
-K-
£^
3e=t
i
The fel^ low
Our fears, our
And oft - en
But we shall
-■&-
f
35
■ ship of kin - dred minds Is like to that a ■
hopes, our aims are one, Our com - forts and our
for each oth - er flows The sym - pa - thiz - ing
still be joined in heart, And hope to meet a ■
25
-&-
■ bove.
cares.
tear.
gain.
s
-hi-
lt
No. 110.
A. M. P.
THERE WILL BE NO SHADOWS.
Adger M. Pace.
^
te
3
B
1. There will be no shad-ows when we cross the great di-vide, Skies will be un-
2. HeBe, is dis - ap-point-ment, sor-row of -ten veils the sky, Friends and loved ones
3. What a day of rapt-ure when we see our Savioursface, And He bids us
t
:£=£
F F t
_u n ^—
^=P^=W — ^ — U — U — P lb b ^
b^-tr
jVJ-rV- fr
£
S
E?
a il -^r— ih
cloud -ed if the Lord is by our side; He will bear us 6afe-ly, in His
pass -ing and we have to say good-by; But in that e - ter-nal Cit - y
en - ter that good land and take our place With the teeming millions sing of
T* it 1*
-k A A
tilt t=s
£4=£
m
*=e
A A I* 6 £s A A iA A A A A A
P~tr~D=b- I P u b~P b b U =P
irlr
Chorus.
r-f^-ft-t
s
fVHr-
2
3=£
2±
love we shall a - bide,
none will ev - er die, No shad-ows when we get home. There'll be no
His re - deem-ing grace,
£
£
i i
1
sa
1
^
^— 5-
h h h -4> p. ft „
r
h — h—
i
* * d-
N-
-^f— s-
Pf
^
t "C" r
shad-ows when we get yon - der, In that good
There will be no shad-ows, when we all get there,
.£ £ f £ ,f ft f tX
14
g^=e-6=$=B=g
i f i> \> -u-
Down by life's
5
T-
land there is no night, Down by
In that love - ly coun-try, skies are al - ways fan-,
-19- if- -m- i* -*- t*- i*- -i*- A .
-y — k=3e — » * ■ * h- 5 — U-
6 p D L' b 5
^-
OOPYBrGHT, 1035, ADGER M. PACE, OWNER.
THERE WILL BE NO SHADOWS. Concluded.
-h-f,-^-ft-
rr— r^
p^
etc
riv - er , love will grow fonder, For there the Sun
By the crystal riv - er, riv-er of de-light, There the Sun is
f-f-f-f-f-f- r r £ t-t- tiii
J"«3 ~
'9—P
^=P_p=p:
"f9 i?~
-k k k k-
V V
ft h X
p p p p p
s
-h-h r^ r> h
u P P P
t^ h h h h
0
=FF
T?~~P
a i * g~
U P P
rf%-£ l
i;
... is al-ways bright; In that fair E - den we'll
shin-ing, al-ways shining bright; In that love -ly E - den,
■i*- -*- ♦ -w g A A -A- -A- -A- :A-
4=^4=-^
a
s^&
^
3:
ffi
P1^^^
P P
P U U
h h h h h », v.
P=f=fc=fc
fv-fv
a— A
frtr
live for - ev - er,
free from ev - 'ry
-0- *-
O'er fields e - ly-sian we'll giad-iy
care, Roam the fields e - ly - sian,
&£
1*-
&£:
£=£
P=ggtj B3g
£ b b b U— l^
1
^ h h r- g
i
^tr3r±~fcz$r*r
feffc
^45_
s i
^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ — =*-
s S
rrn
trp-^
P
Eli
roam, 'Twill all
with the an-gels fair,
Bg- -0- -0- -p-
£
-?-
be glo - ry, oh, hal-le - lu - jab,
It will all be glo-ry, 'neath the heav'a-lj dome,
^^e
•r^
f
^i-
"D P u P U'
-k k k-
P P P P P
41
v P "P u P p
i» p
"■TO i»-y
There'll be no shadows
There will be
when we get home,
no shad-ows when we get home, when we get home
* f £ r- £ f_^ j j j ^
U f f | f
t:
SI
S=5^E
fr— y— r
^
r
£=£=
r
No. 111.
A WONDERFUL REDEEMER.
Adger m. Pace.
James D. Walbert.
1. I've found a won - der - f ul com - pan - ion in my bless - ed Lord and
2. Each day I'm liv - ing in the fa -vor
3. Some day in glo - ry-land I'll see Him
55H>4-h h h
i
of this ho - ly Friend di -
in His beau - ty on the
f~ V iP * • pk
fc=t
mj-U-U
^b b iJg^
p=^
rf>
fefe
£
-^i-
■sf
jpS
ip
King of glo - ry, He is all to me, and with
vine, for He is keep-ing me I know, in paths
throne, for- ev - er Wor-ship Him in love, with all
1 « « . 1 X
Him I will ev - er
of right-eous-ness be •
the saint - ed ones a ■
Ifcfc
^=fc:
E£*
£
*=$=$
y-
+» l' g 9
m=j±h&ui££m^
m
be; When bur -dens roll up - on me heav - y, I
low; Be - side still wa - ters He doth lead me, on
bove; Throngk-ont the a - ges . of e - ter - ni - ty
-*- "A" m -A" "A- -4-
£ T" rJt ft T--—t— gl— t f-
£
will clos - er to Him
His bos-om I re ■
I'll praise Him as my
-E
$=g=E=u
^b F^— rf^g
:£=£=£
M^J ^ u^
^
h-
3
fe-
eling, For He's
cline, For He's
own, For He's
p r
a won - der - ful Re - deem - er
a won - der - ful Re - deem - er
a won - der - ful Re - deem - er
%
JL
$.
' r r x
to me, to me.
to me, to me.
to me, to me.
feB
s
fc* >=* ' s i r=g
Chorus.
£
--h
—
^
s
I know, take
Oh, yes, I know that He will take me,
*1 1 ,_ P *1 X J 1
when friends
when my earth - ly
fS 3 r\ 1
A
Sg
&
£=£
*=^
B P b
¥■
*•
COPYBIGHT, 1935, WALBEET AND PACE, OWNEBS.
A WONDERFUL REDEEMER. Concluded.
P , ^^p-
tr
y
for - - sake, So glad make like
friends for - sake me, I'm so glad that He will make me in His
s
cfc^
=£
b-b — g
l£
=5=
£
=5=5=
¥=
J^r
^=#
1* iT
-h — h— g-
^
A—
s
Him some day, When I shall rise
like-ness some sweet day,
I 3 jL-3 J JL
to meet Him
I rise meet Him
IN JN « « j\ « _T\
r2=f
Jri^— g
-3 — s-
^p^
Rise
Him
ftp 1
— h-M-
*> & h ~
i -i i P '1 h i "f*-
Xb K '
i i
_i P •*•
1 ' B m 'a'
rir P ^ ^
"1 J.
• A K » *
IUJ
W -H-
1
on
1
I
that
on
-* -w-. -r R ' r ' ' '
morning, With the saved from land and
that morning, saved from land and
i f f f -f f
(mT n h"
L<% '^
1
u U-- v-
•1^*|^*1A*»^
*-4l k
^ W
0 y
y y y b_)
-B*-
5
I - — ■ " u
sea; Then we shall see by grace, His won - der
sea, from land and sea;
-j£ zt: :£ *- ^ ,-«--■
£fc
p p P — g — g
5=
=P=
*
25t
a
p
?
?
■p * f * i*-
p — 5 — b bwC
- 7 T "F U
ful face, When we ar - rive at home to stay.
for - ev - er to stay.
~wm
jj p j> p ^ p
ffgrP— t
$
No. 112.
GIVE THANKS TO HIM.
LUTHER DRUMMOND.
iin
m
aEzarEsBsS
6f
*=*
%*&
A -wake!
The sun,
But most
a -wake!
the rain,
of all
W*®
be-hold your ma - ny blessings and remember whence they
the harvest's golden grain each year from Him we do re -
for which we now should praise Him , is the price He paid for
-4». -m. -m-
came, The world and all,
ceive, The hills, the plains,
us^ He gave His life
h -
^J-
h-p-
-=H
-*t
V-
be -long to God, but it is trust-ed to our
the wa-ters swift and ed-dy,what a love-ly
a ran-som for our souls, and in Him we are
^j-jj — y — p \j 1 > 1. 1 I i — h " 1 1 II I
=P=^
-abfflt
i
£
-fe
=1=3:
£
mm
^
s
^
p-fr-h
=&*
ev - ry care;
place to live;
ful - ly blest;
J,
In Him we live
With flow'rs so rare,
And now we feast
rrf h-w.
ifc
WS
and more, and have our be-ing, let us
that spread their fragrant per-fume mak-ing
on heaven's bounties flowing from the
%-
rev'rence
sweet the
throne un
i
!^-U-*-£
His great name, Let all give thanks, and worship Him for - ev - er,
air we breathe, How good, how kind and patient is our Fa-ther,
-to the just, Givethanks! give thanks! to our vie -to-rious Saviour,
-A—A-
t*-^1
=b~7 1=^
§=£§;
v~
Chorus.
3
J" 1 L
He's the Prince of peace most fair
let us thanks un -to Him give
in Him we can stand the test.
Praise Him all ye
Oh, praise Him, up-raise Him, ye nations
Praise Him in the highest, ev-'ry na-tion, ev'ry
£ jgj.x. A _ A A A _ J J
COl'IBIGHT, 103 5, JAMES D. VAVCHAN, OWITEK.
GIVE THANKS TO HIM. Concluded.
^
m
z z z t t p_u ^
peo - pie, let us praise Him here,
and people , let us praise our dear Redeemer here ,
people, let us praise Him here, Oh, praise our dear Re-deem-er,
J J i MjM tl LA
^
p=^
v-
r?
:^
=p=p=p=
SB
£
^M
^MM — E
E
fe
¥
K
£
p ■
He is the King, and to Him we'll sing, of how He has made us
He is the King, ofglo-ry, to Him we'll sing the sto-ry how He has saved and made us
+*+* 1 1 Aft tiff, r ^-f^
Vh1 IT~t-_Ji^i >~^~n~rTiZ±
£=£=£
£=£
£
t*-
S
b^
v-
p=
2^=^
P~
toLzj — -
=t
p^
e7
e
p ETP b^ b b u b ^ iTTT
free; Let us give Him
Re-joic-ing, and voic-ing the sto - ry '
free, so glad and free, forever; Let us go re-joic-ing ev-er giv - ing Him all
r>* j£J? j* kn is a is
t d »* A ^_A A A - fi 4- A A A— *l
ft *>
5H2I
-t
V=&
-H-
^=P:
M-
V-
^3t
~„:
^=^
P P
=?
JW
f
i* iF
"i*- i*"
P P P P
V P
H ? P F 1/ p b
hon - or, He's our Sav - iour dear,
of glo-ry, He's my loving Saviour, oh, so dear-ly
My loving, my Saviour dear-ly
J J 1 J-JJl x*
*bb^ »
I will love Him,
N N
-d— d-
h
h_
d-
l±A
h ft.
*
s*
r=^=
$3
hon-or, He's the Sav
dear.
u V v P P i P
Bowing be-fore Him, love and a-dore Him thru-out e - ter - ni
Bowing be-f ore Him, we will love and a-dore Him yonder
-m-
mm
m
^fcfcfc
B b b b|p-r=^
-ty.
No. 113. HARVEST DAYS ARE PASSING BY.
Mrs. Rilla Evans.
J. E. Marsh.
-ft-
£
i
&
t^
ft=Ec
a
rfW^
1. Har-vest days are here we know, Precious sheaves are bend-ing low, And the
2. Can't you hear the har-vest call? In the field there's work for all, To make
3. Use your tal - ent in His work, And your du - ty nev - er shirk, For the
■*- -A- -A- -A- -A- -±- -A- -p- -A- N PS
T ' H ■ \ - \ * ' ' —
m
N#^^
£=«*:
±±z
"17 P U P-^ D
ft— fv
i
ft— ft
gs^g
ft — ft
i
it
b
com-ing of the Mas-ter may be nigh, it may be nigh; Reap-ers try to
use of ev-'ry tal -ent let us try, oh, let us try; With a smile and
Mas-ter sees your ef -forts from on high, yes, from on high; Ev - er strive to
Jb£
P
re— r
3gl
:£=£
t
5 D~D~D=g=£:
#
2f^
tri?
^
b b
jp~j rj~^j 3 3
4p="t
tr-tr
save the yield, And be faith -ful in the field, For the har-vest days are
hap -py heart, Give your time and do your part, For the har-vest days are
u do your best, Soon will come the time for rest, For the har-vest days are
A" "A" -A -A- -A- fjjjr -ft- -p- "9*- _ -A- "£- -A- -A-
f
£
*:
s:
5=
£=£=
£=P=
— r
Chorus.
h=QE
P=^=^=^
pass - ing by.
*
fe§
The time is here
are pass - ing by. The har - vest time is here to
£=*=
r
^=£
■v-
wm
-*1— *l-
■^r-^-
^ 4 ^ 4 ^^
to - day, yes, the wav - ing fields are white, a •
day, Oh, see the wav • ing fields are white a ■ long the
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. TAUGHAN.
HARVEST DAYS ARE PASSING BY. Concluded.
-ft-
i^F?44£
$=fr
pt
p
p
1 H H 1 3:
«■
3^
long the beau-ti - ful way, Oh, yes, on us He doth re
way, The Mas - - ter on His reap-ers doth re
i=s
p p
=g»
n
fep
^
r^
t*-
fa p p r>
±n
SP
p — • — * — ♦
^^-^
3 — £
I
ly, yes, la -boron while we pray, we watch and pray;
ly, Oh, let us la - bor while we watch and pray;
. M ft ft ft h l*»
iJjw: j j 4
g
=5=^=^
£
3t
5:
53
5
w-
¥=^
^
-Mi-
£ i j-
^
i
3 — S-
I
Oh, let us use our tal - ents while we may,
Oh, let us use our tal -ents while we may for Je - sus
■v-
5=
V **» 9 9— ^ ♦ 4
i=tt
5
^=t
I
He needs our best to-day, our best to-day, Us go
needs our ver - y best to-day, Then let us
« ripp«p«~pphPhi>.., p f «
-y— E
P— b— F
f
pp
i
ii
tejtji
-i/i
S
p Jigj[|j * ^1N^=g
1
and just do our best, For the harvest days are passing by
lose no time but do our best, are passing by
h ft
1 J 1 A •*-
Pi
«-4t
£
^
Jt
hXp r>
st
£
No. 114.
W. B. Walbert.
HAPPY ON I GO.
Oron C. Hood.
& &
£
»
jLfcbfi
f^-r^F
±±
^
1. Hap - py on my way I go to the land of song, And ev - er
2. Glo - ry waits the faith-ful few in that ha-ven fair, 'Twill all be
3. When the race is run be - low and I reach my home, I'll meet my
it j* it a t~ ..» m p h> m 3 eL
i
rf£±
g&_^
b p \>
£=£
£=£
v~w
u^^=^^^m
-*{— s-
tell - ing of my Saviour's love as I go a - long;
hap - pi - ness for - ev - er-more, joy be-yond corn-pare;
loved ones who are wait - ing there, nev - er more to roam;
t
£ f f r
S
His grace so
So I'll keep
It seems that
1 X
y*
i
V^-^f-
$=£
«=g=£=£
£
Be
^=^
*
£=4
-rV-ft-
fcg : #««
r^
s
mar - vel - ous is keep - ing me all a - long the way,
press-ing on to glo - ry r land sing - ing on my way,
I can hear the mu - sic sweet from the oth - er shore,
-±- - -A-
r t~ — * — 1~ i f — • — * — B^—
£
And some sweet
And by His
The saints are
1 X
£=K:
P— y— S
3=^
=£=£
^r-J-
i
Chorus.
S
fcfc
g=EEE
-* — * — »~
*
v=
J^<-
TT
pressing on,
pressing on and
morning I shall reach that land, nev-er more to stray.
won-der - f ul redeeming grace reach that home some day. Oh , yes , I 'm
call - ing me to join their choir, singing ev - er more.
arr-g—S-* t I. i t :fr fc— fc— fc— f-f* g if f *
02
&
£
-A— A— A-
-# if — #•
r^w=^
if y
up to that happy land song, I shall meet the friends, wait, com-ing
upward to that happy land of song, where I shall meet the friends who wait my com-ing
-*• •*- ■*- *J ^ «
?=P
90PTMGHT, 1035, WALBEET AND HOOD, O^VTTRRS.
-S-F
^^»s
±z=
L^-
tnr
HAPPY ON I GO. Concluded.
33
i
±osz
*-&0 — a
4
-b— fe
ti-
«^N=r=£
^i
trr
■sHrih*-5l-
Sr-k-r-*1 * #
rn>
p p
and it won't be long; My blessed Lord will bid me en-ter thru the pearl-y gates,
Lord will bid me
B
frlT—fc
, r ^i i — _ — \* i ^ fc * N — r —
£_£ £ £: £;
S
S^fc
^?
«t
-y-y-
y— y-
P^^^
i* — A-
s
Mag - ni - fy
ev - er I shall behold; We'll praise and mag- ni-fy our
Beauties there I shall behold;
•m- -a- -p- j« ^ -B- g,
Lord, thank Him for His love, grace, shouting glo-ry with saved ev-'ry
Lord and thank Him for His love and grace, We'll soliut in glo-ry with the saved of ev-'ry
_« e_
£=£=
T*
i*— (*-&»-
-y-y-y-
£=*=
J J
B b r
£=?
~y=y-
tr-p-
fcfc
H
T
-i=
s — * — «-
-h —
1T^
■aHrsh*-2H7-sr-
y P " ' P ' p ' P ' P
na-tion, ev - 'ry race; The heav-ensloud will ring with prais - es to
loud will ring with
-I—
iuuu wm ling v
f— £ »-r F*— ^— *=£
^=^1
£
=£=y=P=
-P=y^
y-
E
W
FT17
-p— y
■» — »■
"p-1?-^
Lord and King, 0 - ver in that land 'twill all be hap-pi-ness un-
-A- .A- -jfc- -£- -^ J-— -£i- -A-
told.
^
BE
iff^
No. 115.
SHOUTING AND SINGING.
J. M. Henson.
J. T. Cook.
fr-fr-.D 5 g 5 h-tr4-jl £ .P t~J~J. 1
i — a — a ' I' — M — u H-* — * — jj a) 1 ^ 1
i — ■ 3 ±
«^ " f D r
1. Mu-sic di-vine is ring-ing in the won-der-ful glo-ry -land, bright land,
2. Shouting and sing -ing praise to Je - sus nev - er will have an end, an end,
3. Comrades, now join us on the jour-ney to the blest spir-it land, glad land,
i
&i»4-f
b-4_ i it a it i a A A 1* A it A T , [J ;
dr
a%ffj=i
g § ft ^
1=^=^=5
An - gels and saints are sing - ing on that beau - ti - ful shin - ing strand;
Won-der - ful glo - ry bells all ring-ing, voic - es so sweet-ly blend;
Set -tie the question with the Sav-iour, cling to His guid- ing hand;
£e
A • = F9 1
1 F *lS>i 1
f— $— tr~ p— p— t? b F b b b b b b
# — *
£=fc
h
mj> nji
-ft— ft— fr
-R
is
=§*
— * — * — * ♦ 9 — gg: — « "« * — - — tn — - — ^ — ^ —
Ma -ny have passed from sor - row and are rest-ing at home sweet home,
Glo - ri - ous thought of the a - bid -ing with the re-deemed at home,
He will be with us on the jour-ney to the e - ter - nal home,
±
*■ a! A-
£
=@=£
w
£h
«
-TT-e P P b b
-P b b
* * a — » — * — » a . >. I
^ 9 h 1
Fur
We shall be - hold them on the mor-row,
Prais-ing our bless -ed, lov - ing Sav-iour, nev - er a - gain to roam.
Where we will sing thro' end - less a - ges, to roam.
P p ^ P *.•. ' :•
#— <f — * — ^ — a — *j — ^ — ^ — <m jc 6dE i g-
^jfcH
=b
^
i^ttt^=£
111 1UUU
^
J. T. COOK, OWNER.
SHOUTING AND SINGING. Concluded.
Chorus. ■ s
V
tefc=ft
B
-fv
§K
b b I
sus cling-ing,
is our theme,
is our theme,
T tJ* y ^ "L-!
s
Shout
Shout
b b
All shout - ing, sing-ing,
- ing, sing-ing praise, glo
ing and sing - ing, glo
i M rt i
to Je
- IT
h
r
l g g u =^=
y-t?=^=b=^
f=*
Shout-ing and sing-ing praise to Je- sus, glo -ry is now our theme,
b 1 I £_in_b ^_, ,_
m
i
ir
-* — *— p* — — -*
^
s
— i r — rr"
i bull
"lis joy un - end-ing,
Joy, 'tis wondrous joy, joy
Won - der - ful joy be - yond
rV 1 N i i I
b b i
be -yond all meas-ure;
be - yondcomparp;
all measure, 0,
^=K
:P=b— b-^:
£
?F=b=£
-y-
0 b .^ ^— -" ' b b b
Won-der-ful joy be-yond all measure, sweet-er than any dream;
i
fcfc
:i
±c
it-
§
?
*
tm
U l> b
y b
Come and go with us where there's no darkness,
Come and go with us where there is no night,
Come and go with us where there is no night,
rtfcb-*
P-
l\ i
_JJ__4L
1
-9— ■&
~b b u=b:=b==b=^— b~P~T>
g=gJ=F-
£
Come and go with us to that cit - y where there will be no night,
E
ft
ir
9=q f
i i y y i b ^ I
All shout - ing, sing-ing in robes of white.
Shout - ing, sing-ing praise, walk -ing in robes of pur-est white.
Shout - ing and sing - ing, walk-ing in robes of pur-est white.
r\ I l . . . -*- v / ^ J
J aL
£_£_i^t
_:_a?L__
m=s
=b=
£=£==£=£
«t=b=y=
^
V-
V1
-v-
-y-
-i —
Shouting, and singing, praising Je - sus, walk-ing with Him in white.
No. 116. SINCE MY INTRODUCTION TO THE KING.
M. Truesdell.
h
^^^mm
ALPHUS LEFEVRE
33"
1. I've been made ac-quaint-ed with Je - sus the King,
2. Somehow, when He's present theworld is at rest,
3. When I get to heav-en, and look on the throne,
A A A A A : A — r-A A-
fest
±L
£
£EE
m±
fczzk:
=£=£*
A Bj B tfc g
rib b b
v-
LLU i»
¥
^i— ^ ^— #—
joic-ing, His prais- es I sing;
light - ed, so hap-py and blest;
glo - ry, I'll crown Him my own;
Glo - ry, hal - le - lu - jah! I'm
Know-ing He will lead me what-
Praise Him with the mil-lions who've
m
hap -py and free,
ev - er be -tide,
gone on be - fore,
Since I learned to know Him, He is pre-cious to
He is my Re-deem -er, bless -ed Sav-iourand
Thru-out countless a - ges, Him we'll love and a -
^
£
P-p-
-A A-
^
3=3=£=^
:£=c£
LJ=L
fet
yfa
Chorus.
N — fv
-#| ^ «j=5p^
^
ifS^P
me. * Since my in - tro-duc-tion to the King,
guide. Since my in - tro-duc-tion to the King,
dore.
j »i — a li ! > • a — a Li-
S — r:^
Sipg
.^tpM
see
$=
^=v
3^
£
JLUL
=fc
Souls to
Souls
q* — *—
Him I'm al - ways glad to bring;
to Him I'm al - ways glad to bring;
i I
j^fcjfc
-I
&m3
COPYRIGHT, 1035, BY JAMES D. TAUGBAS.
u
SINCE MY INTRODUCTION TO THE KING. Con.
ft I h | 1 J) J h h h h
J . _J _j -^
3S
y b b b : b b b b- I
Glo-ry to Hisname, since the bless • liig came I've been hap-py,
Glo - ry to His name. since the bless-ing came
|\ I I h I N I ! N i
17-5 V •— * ^ *— 3'± * * = * 1-9 ^
-v-
±=±
=5=
V V V
n \ ■ p»
h h h
h h
h
yjfb J'
■ — P — J — B^ —
ri"
fc^i_
-*-4-^d
rg*
— S — r^ ~ =H
— — 1 — 1 ! '—
and
-*
His praise I s
F" F — F—
ing;
J.
I
I giad-ly
— * — £r
sing
sing
the
the
"f-
-« 0
sto - ry, Tell -ing
sto - ry, Tell -ing why
-A ■— r-A A! L
— J —
of
He
fe=?^=
•
a
— kr-
1 r-
' F — b~
*
/ 1> k
P • F
h
V V v
r m
A f r'
h
b b
fc>
w
r-
U D
v b
m
-* "h
h , p ft ft ft ft r
a gj i i «i ^ g S
-M>-
CJ p - - - - - -
His home a-bove, His home a-bove, Prov-ing to
left His home a-bove, For - ev - er prov-ing to the
ft ft ft ft ft ^ x ft ft ^ P
K
i -*- r*
J2e_
:n
#
=£=£
■y — y
*^>r^
-U— M-
-P-
■V-
-y-
£^
the world His glo - ry and His love,
fall - en world His match - less love,
*HH*rr*-« t> a F-
b b b b
By His grace di - vine,
By His grace di-vine,
£hi
-*-*-
■y-
b b- b— b-
ft
a
h h r> h
^3
TTH
bh
2*
=3=2=
b b I
1r
■•— #— F-
b ! b
u
can shout and shine , Since my in-tro-duc-tion to the King, to the King.
can shout and shine,
■V- -*'- J.
~
*=t
f^^
^
t~Zll^-
V=£
No. 117.
Adger m. Pace.
h
A WONDERFUL LORD IS HE.
MRS. T. E. BARRY.
I h h h h h
^
3
it
h — h
h-
1
-m- -m- _______
1.1 am tell - ing the bless -ed sto-ry, how Je - sus came from glo - ry,
2. By His grace I will sing and shout it, tell all the world a - bout it,
3. Soon He'll call me to cross the riv - er, in - to that bright for -ev - er,
£— J=t=fc
fr£ 4 - — *+--£ — - — £ — _ — E — - — E
±Z
1
-- — k k — - k. k.
- _ _
3E
_t
Bring -ing sal-va-tion free, to a world o - ver-whelmed in dark -ness,
How He has res-cued me, from the mire in the pit, He brought me,
Then 1 His face shall see, what a glad hap - py day, in glo - ry,
-*- i IS
_k i A. I . _!_:
=?*=
^~t>
=w~
=£
^:
-fr — fr-
it
h—
__i
:_-
Turn - ing them from their sad - ness, in - to great joy and glad - ness,
Mak - ing my path -way bright -er, bur -dens are grow - ing light - er,
Sing - ing with saints and sag - es, through-out e - ter - nal a - ges,
:_=_=
4
*=£=
V 9 P 'lJ=&
^3
ferf=fc
Chorus.
Ss3=Eg
3 — g-
t-r-l*
tt
a
Won - der - f ul Lord
Lord
He, great Lord is He. He is
is He.
^ 1 J" J?
r
great Ke-deem
Great Re-deem-er yes
t
ft i C C C C .1 L i L^H
er to the race, Sal -
to this be-night-ed race, He
-A- -A- -A -A- -A- -A-
t~ 1~ T~ "i "•"
-t* j-
-r-m?
COPYRIGHT, 1035, MRS. T. E. BARRY, JAMES D. VAUGHAN AND A. M. PACE, OWNEKS.
A WONDERFUL LORD IS HE. Concluded.
fr-ft-n e g ^
£
^
^L
£.
3=g^=a
*3*
tr
trz
va tion bring - ing thru His re-deem-ing grace, I love to
brought sal - va-tion to all
-*--#--♦-_ -♦- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
±- -F- -t- -f - -#- j~ -r- -t- +- -h- -F %. v.
3b
-*-
I I U — P — D-
rrf
b b b b
i
s ft ft b fr a _b=^
it
m 1 m —
^=fe
w
tell a -bout Him just be-cause He
Tell the sto - ry of Him and His glo - ry, He has
\m
-*{-&
-i 3-
■3:
£
f-f-
te£
h=±r
=tt
---
BE
E
me, and set my spir - it free, from the wo rid and to world made pleasures;
P
*=*
^— V-
v — V-
n h
|
h h
h pi
s h
Vi J
■ *
/rb *
""#
e u,
0 ■
* * i > i
n n 1 ) d d n
tfvr ,
ivU
i
A A
M dk
A Al 1^ A,
s ■ a 3 j "A
J -J-
He
is
the One
4 v
all glo -
■ 1
ri - ous, He is
A A k. K
a a » a a f"
the King vie - to - ri - ous,
^ ^ h ^ *■ 1
(•* 5 '
{
Pn ,
i ' i i 1 1
^M? U
1 j j
1 j n
n '• 1 * L.
P1 w
U 1
b b b .p p u
h , h _^fe.
r> 1.
I
*
E§
i:
^=r=^=r=S=%
eJ
won - der - ful Lord and Sav - iour is He
Be
is:
£
P~P"
1 W
oh, so won-der-ful is He.
ft
£ i ^
&-
-&•
No. 118. SINGING WITH THAT HAPPY BAND.
G. K. V.
t4
41
h
P — t> — ^ — pi
G. KlEFFER VAUGHAN.
Jjfel
h h-
5
3
^s
S=S
1. I will fol - low Je - sus, and to Him will eV v er
2. When I get to heav - en, I'll see Je - sus sit_ * ting
3. In life's wea • ry bat - tie, we are tempt • ed ma - ny
P- %
-U, -j
m
t=
£=£
*
*
-b I I — b-=^=g
i
t
#
-fc>-
M=M
i
^=£=
f=?
=^-
*=p
5=3
be a friend, For He saves and cleans-es me, on Him
on His throne, He will bid me wel-come, and for • ev •
wrongs to do, But our pre-cious Sav-iour will be there
:£:
£
t=t
£
I tru ■ ly
er claim me
to see us
ft E> 6
ES
**:
■b g I D==^
h h h p> M-tv-ii
^J ~g~a
-rV
^
can de • pend; And when life on earth is 0 • ver, He
ao His own; Oh, the joy 'twill be for me to meet
safe ■ ly thru; He will help in time of trou - ble, put
1*— r
will take me
with hap • py
your trust in
r>
jfc— ±-M
t=t
t— t-^— tri£r- £~t— £
^E
^=F=^=b=tr^r=r=^^
V — v
h
* -g— fj — id 3 £
t=r
s=
y — y-
to that land, Where I'll sing and shout His prais-es with the hap-py,
friends up there, And to sing with them for - ev - er, glo - ry will be
Him my friend, And you too, will sing His prais-es, when you reach the
£ ■*■
irt^f it myyitti
^=r
1
£
Chorus.
F-g-^-^R^^"^
an
in glo -ry,
sing • ing band. We'll sing and
ours to share. We'll sing it with the an • gels up
iour-ney's end.
- y\l * 4-
£
|v
the
We'll sing
COPYRIGHT, 1935, G. K. VAUGHAN, OWNER.
and
tell
i
SINGING WITH THAT HAPPY BAND. Concluded.
_b h b b D h h — _{5 E h . ^_
shout
Sto
J.
it with the saints and tell the
sto - ry, How in
J.
-r f
-a a—
=£=£
Bless
ed
sto
ry,
Be ; g ! 1 a b gj * y
^b
^
love,
i
He
led us safe
-F •#- ■#-
I
17
ly 0
to that good
-F
S
9— V-
■V-
i
6 ft 6 fa
E d h _r^ -p-
3t
~*~:
yon
P
land;
up
-P-
There be • side the shin ■ ing crys • tal riv
der; We'll be
• er,
J.
J-
2P=F:
J-
J-
£
fz
We
Liv
v — p-
5 & * j * p - p
shall part no nev
with the ho • ly saints for - ev - er,
- 1 J Ji jT J? J i J J? t
P
ing
■ er,
£=1=
a
£
p p p
We
shall
live
and
0 h h
h
h h h h Is
h J
i/i j j '
H BN Jl JS 1 *
1
J[h * S
»
■L
1
f r *
F ■ ♦ i4s_ *
J
lUJ 1 1 1 1
III uc 1
what re •
£ -
7-C ♦ B
.p
joic
r1
ing, sing - ing with that hap ■
£ £ £ £ £ £
' P P 1
py band.
hap • py band.
* * i1 J.
-1©- — =- -0-
« — R F—
A
— n — 1
I , ! , 1 , ! , T>
— p ^
1
W- y — u—
— y—
-4 — p — p — e 1
1
No. 119. WE'LL RIDE THE CLOUDS SOME DAY.
Adger M. Pace.
Dewey H. Allen.
£
±
ft
*
»
ft
S
fa
1. Some hap -py morn -ing, on a bright cloud a - dorn-ing, Je - sus will
2. Oh, what a meet - ing, lov- ing friends we'll be greet - ing, When we shall
3. I am de - light -ed, Je -sus says I'm in - vit - ed, To that great
-A*?*--*-.-*--*- -a- -a- -a- . „ -a-
£
*=*:
ffi^
x=^
jp
^
£=ft
3t=3t
ft
I
iF*=j
III J I
*
— ♦ — 3— ♦— 17
come a - gain from heav-en above, With all the an-gels from glo - ry, glad-ly
ride on clouds of glo - ry that day; We'll see our fa-thers, and mothers, yes, our
marriage sup-per high in the air; My all to Him I'm con- fid-ing, soon with
m
a:
Jt*
i
-A- -A- -A-
IM^ 1 [i p b ^"[i i ^ ^
Tit
i
^
ft
XL
it
5=4
t:
sing -ing the sto - ry, We'll rise to meet Him thru His won-der
sis - ters and broth-ers Ris - ing to meet us, and we'll all fly
Him I'll be rid - ing Go - ing to glo - ry, for I'm bound to
-A- -A- -F- -A- -W-
ful love.
a - way.
be there.
£=£
&-
=£=£
^=k K fr'
--9-
y-
V=^
v-
■y-
T
Chorus.
i
it
t
rV
£=£=3:
-^
^h*-
p P b b
b "* *■ * £ "*"
Clouds of glo - ry with Him we'll ride,
On the clouds of glo - ry
=tat
Si:
3*
^=b=
-y-
b b y '
Up -on the clouds
of
glo - ry with Him we'll ride in splen-dor,
it
*
=ffc
-=l-r*-
P P b b
Go - - ing home with Him to
We are go - ing home with
j « i
r>
a - bide,
35:
^
r
-y M
Go - ing home with Him to a - bide For
COPYRIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWNERS.
I
WE'LL RIDE THE CLOUDS SOME DAY. Con.
h J K h
^r=^
-N-
Thera we shall sing,
is i h n
i^
Joy -bells will ring,
n i P p i
-#-=-
There'll be
sing - ing, sing - ing, Joy
-*^-
tm
£^
N N
i
l p b p b
bells ring - ing, ring - ing,
tCJL
:^?=I»
-e — c^o-
#ttpt
i
In the glo-ry light, ring - ing ev - 'ry-where;
—J — a b-5 — ■-* — b m — — a m-
Oh, what a
g kg p-b
£
-»-s»-
fr
h» Hf
I
Ev 'ry
h h h h
b ~b b "b u *b 1 ^
where, yes, ev- 'ry-where; Oh, what a
h h
~ *
— ♦ ♦ * * — '-+ ♦ -jw 9 —
time we'll have up there in the blue,
. N P.
h
P
:@:
With the good, the
fc & _P J*
£
fc
-p-
time we'll have up
h h b
there
in the blue,
J Bl-
g Od
-rV
With the faith -ful and the good and true, Somedaywe'llride,
faith - ful and the true, We'll ride the
I i i * i P h P i *
-AS- -AS- „ I _!. R *j -Ah J ' -AS- I *
"P P b~
h h h ^
£
-g-^r
-rV
:^z
=P=
1 1 1
!K
V
sea
•n-
b
we'll ride the clouds, Comes high in the air.
clouds, When Je - sus comes high in the air, in
p p P ^ - v
r ^- -AS- -A- 1 X
*1
7~~- — =3 —
1 J'lJ^ljflJ' •
the air.
^ — I*— gig-
g P b
2r:
No. 120. SINCE THE BURDEN ROLLED AWAY.
ARR. BY ADGER M. PACE.
J. Raymond Parker.
^m
£=^=
fc
±-
i
a 1
£
±r
±r
£=£
j. ----- . y - ^ -f- -gr .#
1. Je - sus sanc-ti-fies my soul, by His blood He makes me whole, Now the
2. Tho' I'm now in Ca-naan Land, tri - als great on ev - 'ry hand, Doth as -
3. With these words to cheer me on, I will brave - ly press a - long, Help-ing
4. He is com -ing some glad day, His own bride to catch a -way, This old
f_» A _ J-— *■ *• v
pi
-s-
t-ULX
EE
b b 6
t=^=t=r=r±D=^=^
I b b
^
£
h-^r
fr-f^
1™
p^^-
p
Ho - ly Spir-it is my faith-ful guide; He will lead me day by day in the
sail and tempt me as I on-ward go; Je -sus, ling 'ring ev -er near, gent- ly
oth-ers, if I may, to see a-right: Sinners saved from ev-'ry sin, and be-
worldof sin and shame we'll bid fare-well; Then all tri- als will be past, we'll shoal,
-k- -fce- * I
straight and nar - row way , And
whis - pers in my ear, Fear
liev - ers cleansed within, That
"Home, Sweet Home" at last, And
-k- -k- -k-
will bring me safe - ly home what-e'er be ■
them not, for I have con-quered ev - 'ry
we all may dwell with Him in realms of
the heav'n-ly an-them we'll for - ev - er
tide,
foe.
light,
swell.
m
C=r- . a a A
bTb tr- r-ft
i=
^^
rr^
-y — b^-
Chorus.
P b
~:
^EEiEEES
-«-
Since the bur
Since the bur
V
n
b u b
den rolled a - way,
den rolled
I^m
way,
m
joic - ing ev - 'ry night and day;
I'm
joic - ing night
and
i
A.
Glad-ly now
day; Glad-ly now
S^
t=F=
%
COPYRIGHT, 1935, ADGEB M. PACE AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWNEKS.
SINCE THE BURDEN ROLLED AWAY. Concluded.
J- — M
4-
— H—
-J — s-
-J \ 1 1 ,
go - ing
I'm
NH;
1
on,
go
-#—
-ing
— f—
0
For
on,
— ■ —
P
the
car - nal mind is now com-plete - ly
Car - nal mind is
rf f* | : I |
\j*e. g
i —
f=
9=k
&
— nr • =^^ d ^ p -T-
When I plunged be-neath the tide,
gone; When I plunged be - neath the
gone;
gone,
JL —
tide,
-ft
fe£
.i* "u c h
now com-plete - ly gone;
:j=j:
*t
--B^
The old man of sin with - in me died,
The old man with - in
i
9 0 . JL. . _^_
g^
Now
I)
the
died,
-t**-
^r
FT
A ^&~
v-
"P~
-P-
tr
eJ P P P P~ P U P P
Corn-fort - er is with me, and will nev - er let me stray, Till I
He will nev - er let me stray,
aa
(£
-A-
*-
i=fc
-r*-
-s
jj p
reach the
.fe-
Cit
JL.
y
JL.
Of
.2-
S p u
e - ter - nal day, a hap
_* fL_te J
py day.
iNj
SE
£=P=
No. 121.
SONGS OF LOVE.
J. B. P.
^*
ULh
J. B. Paris.
M
-s
>_> |4-f
tri-
on the up - ward way
for a word of cheer,
as we on -ward go,
, IS Ps
=t— to
1. Sing-ing ev - 'ry day,
2. Souls are -wait -ing here
3. Oh, the joy to know,
-k k-
tK
g^«-u-k
-t
-k-
*=*
m
Hap-py songs while
It will help them
We can give the
^k-k^-
^ P b b-
■t^— y-
m£
«&£
-P— P-
B
5=3
W
±
— ' b — P~
Spread-ing joy and light,
So we'll sing our song
And some day we'll sing
*S
here we roam; (while we roam;)
on their way; (on their way;)
world a song; (hap-py song;)
-k 1 1 m -=
m
t^^t
— A — k *r-
^
5 b I
±f=
4^ P-
tr b b b b
flU
-**-*
tt
h h
p
i=@*i=i
tr
U> U ^ I **" P f P
mak-ing path-ways bright, As we jour-ney to our home, (to our home.)
as we go a - long, To thatland of end-less day. (end-less day.)
prais-es to the King, With the happy ransomed throng, (heav'nly throng.)
jt-te
r>
1
fc*
4,:
ISa
£=g=b=
r
Chorus.
£,J> J j J ! I J
rrrtr
7
-s. A A
mru
7
-A— A
-* ♦—!»—♦-
T"^ P P
«
Sing - - - ing on the upward way, And bring
We are singing, ev - er sing-ing, on the way, We are bringing,
^=m
m
'U
Sing
ing
the
up - ward
b h-
way, Bring
t=P±=pm
m
--9 -* IT-
ing joy each pass-ing day, To pil
ev - er bring -ing joy each day, Wea ■ ry pil • grims
J 5! ^T „ A: 4 A A
«
5
ES
joy each pass - ing
COPYRIGHT, 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
day, To wea
SONGS OF LOVE. Concluded.
fin -a I !
i
1
) ■'■-> W i
1 1 1 1
/ v . ? ■■ ^ j <y
* J ! *
£-V l> A
A a £a a
A ■ A A A
IUI ' '■>]■!>
"• f i i *r ■ i i
w b b
grims who wan
yes, who
„ fa M
dai
2 I \
ly wan-der,
& h r
der,
1
b b p p 'P 'P ' [, ' P
Point-ing them a -
in the dark -ness, Point-ing them a -
//.* i-i A ■ A| A
t " >? L. ' ! '
,■ i ,■
w-y s r l
V \) \
i T F" w
pil - grims who
der, Point - ing them a -
i
SE=
?±
^g=T=>
|» — HS a
e ~
P P ? P
hove; Tell
bove, to heav'n a - bove; We
*^ _aTi
P P P"
^ ^
ing
are tell - ing, ev - er tell • ing
-V^ -*- -V- ' -V -*-1 -♦- -#L
25ze:
-g - 11-
W
-y — y — y-
bove, to heav'n a - bove;
Tell
ing out the
I
y >-) -i
1 i
1
/ j - * "v * t
P\V* 1? A U" A I
fi- 1^ *
— * !& ♦ ^ V * • ♦
w — 1 — f
out the sto - ry true,
out so true,
Of home
0 ■
1 J>
b p P ' b b P P
where
ver yon-der, hap • py home where
ill., ^11
W ! I A A
»
m
M*^ — —
£ T «
1 1 1
Home
where
skies
r) , , k k, v
'1 1 I I !
y, \>b ^ ' ' '■ ' i
9 J I J hJ «
aWi" \ n H
| ^ « ^ n-4 "a i»
erM — » * 4— ■»-
aI a "^ M»
skies are al-ways blue, Now wait • • ing for me and you, In
skies are blue, Ev-er wait-ing, yes, for me and you, In
■rh \'b ' • [ 1. t l t. i
WV| V 1 : ^ , k. k. k. U 1 '
PU i a! r i 1 i i i i
ways blue. Now wait
ing
there for me and you, In
i
fc=:
31
-A A A.
A = » g
love.
P D P
r~r
songs of
We are sing -ing, ev-er
-, ttt
i
sing -ing won-der-ful songs of love.
i
hap
songs
of
I
love.
m
No. 122.
J. B. Paris.
FOR HIS GLORY.
I
fe3«
M. D. McWhorter.
£-4^-
ffga=
w
'=i-*H4^f=£:b" 4 •
w- g
1. Wearemarchingfor the Saviour's glo-ry, Tell-ing of His love in song and
2. We will fol-lowwher-so-e'er Heleadsus, In -to bat -tie, knowing that He
3. When the conquests here have all been end -ed, And the vic-tors home-ward have as-
A A -*-
£z
m,
m£
£=*=&=£
I
W
-h-
£==&:
iS
W
m
13=
-4^-4— *-4£— *— L-4
sto - ry, Dai - ly gain- ing new - er ter - ri - to - ry, Eout-ing ev- 'ry
needs us, On His love each day He gent-ly feeds us, He's the Ho - ly
cend - ed, What a hap - py time with voic - es blend- ed, On that peace-ful
A -A- +. A_ A- -Ag- -A- -M -A- -A £ ^ g . g
^=a:
w7
m
l> V 9 V
$^^m
-fe— fe-
"•M-^-s^
Thrt-*
fc
^H^-
JE3 I jzB6jgJE ^^
^ _
foe;
One;
shore;
4t
1^
X X S
We will keep His ban -ner wav- ing o'er us, And will
He will keep His love-light brightly glow-ing, As the
Welcome-bells of heav- en will be ring -ing, All the
A A A A^ A A^ A A-
-w— F-
£=
P I \> I 1
rr
^=^
£=£
it
SS
ft
i
&
?=g^=M=f?g^=lp^
-k-
•p — ®-
fol- low Him who goes be-fore us,
way to oth-ers we are showing,
saints will join that wondrous singing
1*- P»
g*
Sing-ing of His matchless love in hap-py
That some happy time to heav -en we'll be
Gladho-san-nas thru the air will then be
.A W- m\hm . m +*• ■£■
-a± — i o 1 pLlzua ms pi — i 1 —
sag
m.
-$=&
#-»-^
Chorus.
^
f=r
z*
1 i» e-i*=^=
^=fE
cho-rus, As we on -ward go.
go - ing, When the day is done,
winging Therefor - ev - er-more.
U b
b b l>
March - mg
We're marching, yes, marching
March - ing on - ward
I
*=£
i r -
ia*
1 JL
JN
A jLJl
<B&
-a—
COPYEIGHT, 1U35, M. D. MCWHOKTEE, J. B. PARIS AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWNERS.
FOR HIS GLORY. Concluded.
m
M
Mfc
3±
£j=*
g^y^=i^^
p p p p p p
on-ward for His glo - ry, Tell - ing
r> b h fe
J: A. jL- ^l
1 »-
We're tell-ing, yes, tell-ing
3 hjjj nJJf i
out the bless-ed
4^-
-S^— a-
§^
2^
jE
P=^
for
His glo - ry, Tell
ing,
sing - ing
r> fa h fc
p£^
^==13
S
sto - ry Of the Sav-iour, loud with plau-di - to - ry, How He saves from
-A- >. .(fc. -a- -A- -A- A^- -A- A^ -A- -A- -m- -A- .
m
^=£=p=£
izfc
£==
fc£
K
&
gEEE
g L^
March - ing, it will not be
We're marching, yes, marching,
p r p " p p p p ^ p *
%^
1=
from endless woe, for we are March-ing
i
'twill not
i
be
:&=fe
?3 , I i P P P , ' P P P^
lag
long, Soon we ' shall' ' sing the victor's song, Up yonder
some morning with loved ones
1 p- i * 1 J> J1 J? ff £ -A- -ff- -A-_-A- -A- -A-
£
=P=
tfiP — I*-
P=£
-y-
long,Soonwe shall glad -
i
1
££
fv
m
*
EB
1=
*
=E*E^
tt
as
with that ho - ly, hap-py throng And Him who loves us so, who loves us so.
5g
f f if 1 1 1 1 ffPT^Wr^F
53=
fc=
No. 123.
Adger m. Pace.
GLORY HALLELUJAHS.
A
J. T. Cook.
eAU e fefcEfeE
#
s
1. When the day is done and my race is run, Hal - le - lu - jahs
2. When we all get home 'neath the heav'n-ly dome, What a hap ■ py
3. In that hap - py place, by re - deem -ing grace, We shall live and
-k— -A -0- jJL ttiL_ ^- Jt- . _ _0L #t- -A. JL.
irf=
Jfe
St
4-^—^-^=^-^—^=^=^=^
:£=£
r
*=*
il^NH^^-^
s
I shall sing In the land of rest with the good and blest,
time 'twill be, With the saints of yore live for - ev - er-more,
not grow old, But we'll sing our song thru the a • ges long,
k k — rl 1 1 - I k k
#=£
t-
&
v — p— ft
'^^^
a a ■—
P '
Hap - py prais • es to the King; Glo - ry
Ev • er hap ■ py glad and free; Joy to
Walk - ing up the streets of gold; "lis a
Jfc.
m
£
jfe
bells will chime in that
bless the soul while the
joy to know, to that
■f- ■*• 3k
g I 1
V—^-^
£
^=£
6 J ^-i— £
fe
i
-a! &.. —
44-
rH?
sun - ny clime, Not
a • ges roll, In
home we'll go, If
-A- *
a care we then shall know, All the live - long
the cit - y of the sky, Where there is no
we live a life that's true For the Lord, while
m£
l^i
£=£=£
v~
■r-JW-
£^
3
so.
by.
blue.
songs we'll raise Un • to Him who loves us
Lord shall reign, In the hap ■ py by and
take us there, To the home be - yond the
fc*
m
£^L
£=£
r~t
COPYRIGHT, 1935, J. T. COOK AND ADGER M. PACE, OWNERS.
GLORY HALLELUJAHS. Concluded.
Chorus.
£=^=
■5 — t — £
^
1
Glo • ry hal ■ le • lu • jahs, will be ring - ing while the a -
Glo-ry hal - le - lu -jahs there, will then be ring -ing while the a - ges
jL ML JL &- ~ ^ " j^. -£.-£- JL JL.
m^p
E
*=§
t-
v-
=F
£
£
£=£
i
&=£
■£-£
:5-
-^ — f
f=gg=
X Ss-
-w —
ev • er roll, We'll be with our Ee - deem ■ er, we'll be
roll, Be with our Ee - deem - er, and we'll all be
ft b r> r>
rf-t-l
£
^i^
i
^
=u=
3=£
^
=£=£
y-
fe£=£
£^
*
M»-f^P-
I
3
«
— 0
sing-ing, He has made us ml - ly whole; Yes, with the hap ■ py mil - lions
sing-ing, He has made us whole; With the hap • py mil • lions
£J1
rHt-j^
£
i JL'
h
JL JL ML
£
g-M-M
j — ♦ i 1 g SE
fe— &
£
i
^=
— r-
be re • joic - ing on the gold - en,
there, we'll be re -joic -ing on the gold -en shore,
«!■•* -1 -■-*-■*#■ #■
E g g
py shore, All of
M
*=*:
i4
-
=£
^=£
FTT
n*
a j> „ r i
£*
^^a
£=?
joy to share in that home-land fair, Glo-ry there for ■ ev - er-more.
.^g^^-*.^ A ^ -ft j= g
it
*
^=^
£
s
B g b
£=£
£=£
r
y — ^
No. 124. HAPPY DAYS ARE JUST AHEAD.
J. E. Marsh.
W. B. Walker.
m
&
£
st=st
IIr
1. Press a -long my broth -er dear, with a hap - py song, keep press-ing,
2. As we jour-ney on thru life, let us watch and pray, my broth -er,
3. Won't it be a hap - py time when we all get home to glo - ry,
i—
£=
=£==£
V—t
J P P~
JUUUtJ^L
^
i
*
M " ~ P P" v
Look a - head for bet - ter things, keep-ing cour - age strong; Be brave and
Ev - er firm and stead - y here, let us live each day; Oh, let's be
With the saints we'll ev - er be, nev - er-more to roam; With Je -sus
-A- -A- -A- A" -A- -£- -A- -£ -A- -fr -A- m *| S
£
1=
f— r-r— tr=£
-y-
=p==p=
=p=
^
£====£=
^
it
=?
-=i — s-
I
=r=5
nev - er fear the tempt -er, oh, nev - er sigh nor dread, For sure -ly
ev - er up and do - ing just what the Mas - ter said, For sure - ly
feast-ing there for - ev - er, on man - na we'll be fed For sure-ly
1 s
13=
i|S-
-*-#-
'*■■-
=£=
9 FF It
$=&
V-
I
Chorus.
r> r>
m
f==f
zt
iL B 5
g g g j 1
sr-p— r
hap - py days are just a - head.
£
On my broth - er,
Keep pressing on my broth - er,
- -N -N -^ J
=£=£
f
fl-l.J/f
-&-
W^=
1 M 1 '-^PH
--
I 3 — IL*
nev-er dread, Hap - py days are just a-head,
nev - er dread, We know that hap - py days are just a-head, When we shall
^E*
-3— *■
&AM
>• * e— ■ — »— ^T — A — i*-
l b l> r^~tr1=F=f:
§
♦
*
=F
L; k' V 'I P
COPYRIGHT, 1935, W. B. WALKER AND J. E. MARSH, OWNERS.
U u
HAPPY DAYS ARE JUST AHEAD. Concluded.
-fv-
^
s
±5Z3h
-=l — g-
-4 S i*.
^=^
Reach the shore, ev - er-more, Lamb whose
reach the shore, to live for-ev - er-more, We'll praise the Lamb whose
I FN r\
~r
£
4»C
-«=
-v — y-
¥=P=
H
~Jl
T-f^r^
i §
-y-
y y y y
blood was shed, for us was shed; Hap - py
blood was shed; We'll sing a hap - py
J» P N N * * *
Li- _*
-s- fv
h
E
i ^
3=^
-i>
^:
-^r— ■£
1 s
u
y
1
P
song
of
F
- bi
song of
F
-
bi
lee, Loved
lee, With saints and loved ones
_ J a X
3k
i
b r> r^ — h-
i
^3
A S A,
3 — s-
thru e - ter - ni - ty, With a hap - py smile,
thru e - ter - ni - ty, Press on-ward with a smile, and make life
M
1 p — y
^ k IK ^ I g — g- ? * f-— -
v M
-y— y-
-y — y-
-y — y-
i
h h h p h
2$
-^-iH
F
-MlMH
-*-=rf
FTff
y y y
y
y y
Make life here worth while, For hap-py days are just a - head.
here worth while, days are just a-head, just a - head.
J- *J t f^ H
-*- -A- TTTA- -A- -fit- . -M- -*- •*■
i hi hi hi r
■ a , ,— «-
'il PI
to — y — ^ -y y y — y y y
— ■ — — * — n
Li U
No. 125
J. E. M
ON THE GLORY ROAD.
J. E. Marsh.
^-^-^P=fe
17
the road that leads to glo - ry, Sing-ing as I go a -
to walk and talk with Je -sus, Knowing that with Him I
the thought of f ul - ly know ■ ing I am in the good old
1. I am on
2. 'Tis a joy
3. Precious is
Fm
£
F=^f-
to^
a
g — ^ fa §=£=g.
£
m
w
-ftz
E
^Fi^i
long my way,
can - not stray, On the road to glo - ry,
gos - pel way,
P
On the road to glo ■ ry,
gE
^ -$ ^ j j i^a
-T- — » — I* m j 1*-
6J_J_." C e
-«^
ft— ft— ^
:£
9
r
TT
hap • py each
hap • py each
hap ■ py each
pass
pass
pass
JL
ing
ing
ing
day;
day;
day;
Je • sus is my lead - er, hal - le
Stepping up the way with Him be
Ev - ry day the way is grow • ing
*
2=£
f b g r~g
=5=
t>-
y-
fa
3
&=$
it
a K I ft
^
*
- ing me a - long in per - feet love,
-ing of His love He died to prove,
■ sus is the light, with Him I move, On the road to
JE f- ♦ ±: -g- fe_ L_£
lu - jah! Guid
fore me, tell
bright - er, Je
-2
£
$
FFF^=^
*=^
g i i
*=p
M
£=*
I
3
On
glo • ry,
I £
the road to glo • ry, go • ing to my home a - bove.
go • ing to my home a - bove.
£
a:
A
=£
f^-j
£=£
g g ir r
COPYRIGHT. 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
ON THE GLORY ROAD. Concluded.
Chorus.
m : r^ fr M Erf*— f>
fH — — 1 — r* — ♦ ♦ — * — ¥m m '
-♦ *< — * * u ■ —
|9) — J \-*l A it A i^k *A
b b
Glo-ry, hal - le ■ lu • jahl
Oh, hal • le ■ lu ■ jahl I am
-A A! A A f f
Hap-py on the glo ■ ry
on the
i i i i J» J»
(•"" i *
A
1 iB
*-' r ! a r i r
1 j ' r L> b b
1
l"* 1 h K l** k
rOS—
r-b — £5 — b — fe — h — h 1
X
r) a ' *.
s r 5 p ■ f , ^ ^
road, I am hap ■ py, Walk-ing with my Sav-iour,
road, With my Sav ■ iour, go
J Jn aT -4- J' -*- -*- ■*- *- s* -4- ^
ing
/_w* a B»
A A
('•-*
\L>
r i b ^ j i
1
! u b
,0- ^ h b b is
b, P
b v b b
— h h
/-^ — ^ — = — ^ — ^— «p — R-
-srfcd — ~
— $ rH tH tN-
Li >
11 ! !
r\ -v i ,! 1 - J m
i ,w
^A WA
vJ « *--•••
It A A
to my hap ■ py home
to my home a ■ bove;
y 1 i J> ^ ^ ^
a -bove; Hal - le - lu - jah
This road
} J) ' , ■ i i i i
b b
highway,
to
J ^
/,•-*■ A - W ° "
A
&m 1 1 r w a «
1 P
*-' ^ u ]j r
F
1 kL_^ ^
b-
J 1
O-
is 1
h b b b b
h
US
H — a
/
AT 1
i
f \
.1 .1 .1 .1 .!
V.J
•J
glo ■
yes,
ry leads to heav-en's blest
JS_J
it leads to that a -bode,
a - bode,
j> J J J J> i
13
To
b
the
fiWt
1" ■- A » ■ A
[W*
- ■ -
r 1 i
i ■•
m
*^ a r r
b b b ■ u '
p 1 1 i 1 1
V V W V
b
K ^ k"
i
j— fa-5
£
£ h g b
b b
a
<~^T"t
re H c n "=^
King, sing, tributes bring, And rest for ■ ev
King we shall sing, hap-py tributes bring,
His love.
S=3l
fHfr
*l
^
1
1
H3c
p^
£=t£
b b k
No. 126.
G. T. SPEER.
IT WON'T BE LONG.
6=£=ife=£
t-
Seaborn Strickland.
ft 'ft
H&-
£==£:
*^=»
£
M^-
"D P P
1. Just a lit - tie while in this old land and then we'll join the hap-py
2. Glo - ry hal - le - lu - jah, we shall sing ho - san -nas to the Sav-iour,
3. Come a - long my friends and go with me to that e - ter - nal home be -
JL JL .*_ JL JL JL -TL -Jt
» >•£■
a^SEBEO
£=£=T=ff
"-P=
S=£=
i
3 b #— =— J-
-rV-f>— fV
ti
#t
ill
-~
r
3=
sing - ing band,
Lord and King, Won't be ver • y long, it won't be long;
yond the sea, It won't be ver - y long, it won't be ver - y long;
1*1
m
£
JhJ'iJSJ' ,
£
4-*
£
1
5=
=5=F
£=P=
y-
=P=
£=ifc=ifcifc=£
A-
J A 2 >-*! * £ £ A A-
P P P"
All the saints of God will be up there to wel-come us in - to that
Nev - er know a sor - row, sin nor care, but hap - pi - ness and joy be -
Where the hap - py mil-lions for us wait, as - sem - bled o - ver there, in -
jl ml jl jl .«, jl jl :£; :■:
1
s-i ■ t t t
E
3=g=ft=g=ti h Li U
^^t
:F
V
w=^=£l
Hd=5=£=5=M=Ea£=£
I
J St
5
*
£
£=£
land so fair,
yond compare, It won't be ver • y long, it won't be long.
side the gate, Won't be ver - y long, it won't be long.
•■- -■-
SIE«
t=t
=!=£
Chorus.
P P P"~U'
£=£
£=£:
£-£-
i
It won't be long we shall join that band,
I know it won't . „ be long k till we shall join that band
1 g
A_A_1_1
fe^
5^
=P=P
*—[> b— P
w-
COPTEIGHT, 1935, G. T. SPEEH AND JAMES D. VACGHAN, OWNEBS.
I
IT WON'T BE LONG. Concluded.
p h I
-h rV
-ft h"
3 — s-
-3:
3-
:PF
5
r
We'll sing with them on the shin - ing strand,
of sing -ers, Sing with them up -on the shin - ing strand,
IN IS IN -IS
£2
=£
fc>-
=P=g-
£=P=
£
=P=£
I
*=*
+i — h-
J> i1 J* -H
g
-=1— jg-
3 — g-
SF
i§
Our Lord, I know take us by the hand,
Oh, praise the Lord, I know He'll take us by the hand,
IN IS IS A h
*1 g *1 -*- -j- *1 *1 -j- -g- *| -g- -g- Jg- -«- ^t
=P=P:
-y-
£
-*-
£
v-
n^
& & & &-
V
-=1-^-3:
"D P P P~
Wel-come to that home for - ev - er, No, it won't be
us wel-come to that home for - ev - er, No, it won't be
-^ ±. ^ M. JL, jE 1 i. i 4
And
i^
bid
M=N
£ N i
-y — y-
y-
-p-
g-
&
CODA.
*=i
-£d-
£
0
V
ver
long.
4
y long. Praise the Lord, look up
Praise, oh, praise the Lord of host,
K 2J
my
£
*
g — g — g= g D:
5=
-OS
r>
^>
K "V
r^
L/H- |
t
P
»• l> 1 > K ! I
/T h
1 J J p s-
fm P J
■
L." t 1 J • * • ^
vy J a
broth • er,
It won't
It won't
be
be
•
r • r " r
long, it won't be long.
ver - y long, it won't be long not long.
liWi A 1
L
A A 1*
▲
A
A | |
A.
(W*
1 **•
w
*■ K k
1 I
i
*^
r "
V V
J
J
J \) \)
u •
^ '
V V
t
No. 127. OVER ON THE HILLS OF GLORY.
Adger M. Pace.
R. E. Jordan and son, victor Hulon.
f 4 i 4 3 ^1'-^—'- 3 « j 4 -{ £ i I
1. 0 - ver on the shin ■ ing hills of glo - ry, in that ho - ly,
2. Of - ten while I jour - ney here, I pon - der o - ver that e-
3. Won ■ der - ful the thought, I'm glad in know -ing Je - sus will be
SSE
$?ttr-t-
2ffc3
b 9 9 b b p p d p b b — 0 — r~r
hap - py ter - ri - to - ry, Ma - ny are the saints who sing the sto - ry
ter • nal home up yon -der, Then I'm overwhelmed, my hopes grow f on - der,
there, His love be -stow -ing, Hap-py songs of praise to o • ver ■ flow - ing,
1
±
v— h — h — h — fc*
I
M ?A— Si
-T-
£=^-^ — ^— b — ^=
*
p
*
^
-^
p
^ b u u g P
£=£=£
^F=^
^^^^=^^
i
Tf-
#
^=J
=£=
b b I
of the bless-ed Sav-iourthere, up there; SeemsthatI can here them sweet-ly
knowing that for me they wait, they wait; I amhav-ingjoy be-yondex-
to His ho - ly name will rise, will rise; He's thePrinceof Peace, strongto de-
m
*
fefc
«=
=b=b
b b b b b E P U-
^=^
u p
P^^p^^^^
fel
*
^=*
sing-
press
liv •
g
ing,prais-es in the high - est, glad - ly ring-ing, Makes me want to
■ing, ev-'ry day the Lord my soul is bless-ing, Hap-pi - ly with
er, life e • ter ■ nal there, He is the giv • er, We shall wor - ship
m
£
^=b— b— #=$
&
A A A A A h h :
p b EF1p-g-HJ 9 v'
1
*£
^NMpN
w
S
'r~»~F<
y-
r
rrr
Sim
Him
I'll soon be wing-ing to that hap • py land so fair, so fair.
I'm up-ward press-ing, soon they'll meet me at the gate, the gate,
be • side the riv • er, there for - ev - er in the skies, the skies.
I
?■■■*■* Pf- P Pfi.fiJi
$
y— \)— V— $— H=ff
£
UL
Z^¥-
COPYRIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE AND JAMES D. VAUGHAN, OWNERS.
OVER ON THE HILLS OF GLORY. Concluded.
Chorus.
-l
hM*
m
Yes, they ring o ■ ver on the
Glo - ry hal • le • lu ■ jahs will be ring ■ ing o • ver on the
^_^ *» ^ d — J d &—£ — # — -r.
I
F
=?
£=5
&3eMez
h h
HF:
:£
up=
hills where saints are sing-ing, Let me have a place, some sheaves I'm bring-ing,
hills,
it
£
-p-
B
#=i
!— r
_t
.r
=5 P — n — g— =
TT-[T
=£
b
h
^
mi.S T h"-!
:P=r-=r=r*
or
.— f
for the Mas-ter there on high; An -gels get my mansion read-y,
on high; for I
BEEt
W
trtr
Ji J) Ji h
^=5=
■ ■Bg
^^J^F^S
for I'm sure -ly com -ing soon,
am sure-ly com -ing soon, yes, I am com - ing, And 1 want to
$^F
jeMe^M
-V — p
r^r
them and sing in the hap-py by and by.
join that host now sing-ing, in the hap-py by and by, and by.
fefcfcg
J i 1 1 1 i
^=^
-i 5 I M^^
::P=F
t*
1
No. 128.
GO WITH A MESSAGE.
it
m
£
V. M. Nipper.
-ft J P I
■J-4-
1. Ma - ny are lost and wear - y, long are the days and drear - y,
2. Go ye, with- out de - lay - ing, in - to the moun-tains pray - ing
3. Oh, what a joy in know -ing af - ter the bit - ter sow - ing,
^=3
-iA- A |
git
££
at
■V-
tr-b-T
£=*#
3
~3ZL
Wand'ring a - long un-cheer - y, o - ver the toil - some road;
That you may lead the stray - ing back to the Mas - ter's fold;
We'll join the host then go - ing home to the oth - er shore;
£
g^=^=
FFS
\> b b b ^— p— t
^^
*
^
Go
Out
'Twill
§^
with a mes - sage ring - ing, lost to the Sav -iour bring -ing,
on the streets and high - ways, in - to the dark - est by - ways,
be a glad to - mor - row, no one will ev - er sor - row,
— A A A A A > rl» 1» 9 A W 1* — i
£e£
£=£
1 1 g
y-
P b b P — pr
i
it
#=£=^
f — s=fr
T
— ??—
• bode,
gold,
more.
Join with the host now sing - ing, on to the blest a
Show them that yon - der sky - ways lead to the gates of
But from the Lord we'll bor - row glo - ry for - ev - er
i^U£-4
t
=b=b — D — g
£=b=b=P=P=
Chorus.
fa fa J^-jL
4J
fci
-fc— &
g *l »'~»r~» » gpi
» » 1 T' 1 »
Go
r=T
with a mes
With a mes-sage, with a hap - py mes-sage
t f t -
IA±1
of
yes, of
^r=^
m^
*r-# b p a
■4* A A It-
-g-f p p
COFYBIGHT, 1035, V. M. NIFFEB AND ADGEIi M. PACE, OWNEBS.
0 !
GO WITH A MESSAGE
SN^h s t> h h
1. Concluded.
i^_ — . h
¥■ V 1
n_nJJ«i_P_nJJr vj
XV 1
© W w o • ■ • • . o © » -»
( V
\:) fy
H,. »!.-!•
* 1
Je
sus' ]
our Re-deem-er and His wondrous 1
V " ? *T A A A A
1 ^ P b
ove, haste a - way my broth -er,
__>^- ■■ — -^— J£
Ur '
[*'•. 7 ~
WV M
1 ^ | r ♦ _ -
k> ^ ^ v v v v v
" b I) P-1
in s fN h h M J1*
h
> f* J^ r P
i/l '* *1 A ■ « ' « * 1 ^ ' ^
*i * ■
/b 1 f f * * 1 *
Ft e
IvSJ <> F - (O
ei f 1 |
Tell how He died
Of His com-ing, how He died
rc-i (• A (* (* A ft-, (*L
r r
and is
to save them and is
f J j A
HUn* ! 1 1 i b I ■ P-
1 ^~
-h — h i, q f— — r—
M? ' * a u. it I'D
1 k k k1 k i !. I l i
^ j M i u ^
A ^
0 b y b u
u
H±
1
xl " o : r-J y — v-j
fN? * — i* — ♦ — * — * — is a *•
now a bove
in the glo - ry, reigning there a - bove, in the courts a - bove.
^
trfg-
Coda.
1
^ j> h f;
ftt:: g=5=3
"# — « — — — — — -—
us be up and go - ing, un - to the lost ones show-ing
Oh, let
J_i
-£-
f-ti-
£=f
£^E
9 *r
I P P b
e
p u u
•P-^
fel
i
-g-
-y-
f 3
Je - sus,
1 3>
the Sav-iour, knowing He will re - ward us by and by.
r f f-
— # 0 1
l
sffi
—
buy y=y=
:y=b=^
No. 129.
THE GREAT JUDGMENT.
Rev. Raymond Browning.
Adger m. Pace.
t) ^5
s
§
1. When the last day of sin shall be o - ver, And the
2. When the rec - ords of time shall be o - pened, And each
3. Then the right - eous will shine in their splen - dor, Gath-ered
4. Oh, the deep dis - ap - point-ment and sor - row, Of the
e> m & ~^~ ~a~ "£"
vHr
S&
■tr-it
I
h rV
*t
£
h h h
SB
=4
=k
_♦• — « — «i-
last e - vil deed shall be done, And God's might-y an -gels shall
lost soul must stand all a - lone, Condemned to the dark -ness for-
home at the right hand of God, And mil - lions will stroll by life's
preachers who scoffed at the blood, And those who have mocked at the
4r-
M.
-Z-t-
_a:
_A_
-v — V-
=P — 9 — W-
S=£=
P
BS
&==&==£=£=£:
#
gath - er
ev - er,
riv - er,
warn-ing,
-A-
All the wick - ed be - fore His white throne;
For the sins Je - sus died to a - tone;
Who up Cal - va - ry's path-way have trod;
"With-out ho - li - ness none shall see God;
fe=fc
g V 9 g U=P=
-i "- — -'•t
=£=£
i
&*r-MF=M?=tt=Z
Oh, the land and the sea can - not hide them, Ev - 'ry
Then the Lamb shall re - mind them with sad -ness, "Oh, ye
Then the black - ness of dark - ness for - ev - er, O'er the
They will say to the Lord, "We've tvrougkt won-ders, In Thy
f— f— t— i
m
a
m
g=ft
$=%=%>
COPYRIGHT, 1935, ADGER M. PACE, OWNER.
THE GREAT JUDGMENT. Concluded.
m
m
■fi-
t— t-
-&— ^
:fc
**
-?-
sin - ner must come, great and small,
would not o - bey me at all,"
wick - ed shall spread like a pall,
name we have proph - e - sied, all"
They will pray when no
They will seek for some
They will break in - to
But He'll say to them
m
«=
^=£
I
_b b.
± — h-
w
rt> g=
afc
mer - cy re - main-eth, And they'll call for the mountains to
dark cave to hide them, And they'll call for the mountains to
weep-ing and wail-ing, And they'll calf for the mountains to
"I nev - er knew you, "And they'll call for the mountains to
-Ar -A- -±- -A- -A- -A- -A- -Ar
fall,
fall,
fall,
fall.
Chorus.
d£
%=&
I J .ft m1 » <F — <F » ri — ¥■
?-
They will call for the mountains to fall, They will call for the
-A-'-^^-A- -A- -A- -A-
- - - - +-_f-_t_* » ,r t- t=-
t?— g-
B
o
=0 b u— F
=£=£
£
-p-
-F-
-fe— £-
-•— (-
h^-
IF-
£=P=
T? — tr
moutains to fall; They will pray when no mer
i
-a— -^
a 55 —
PS
main - eth
-A-
4n-
And they'll call for the moun - tains to
fall.
^2=JE
He
E^
#=£
No. 130. JESUS WILL TAKE US THROUGH.
G. T. Speer.
£
&
J. Brock Speer.
r> i r>
m
-HV
±tm
A ft=A A
1
1. Marching a - long the way, sing-ing from day to day, Je - sus is
2. It is a joy to know, while we are here be - low, that we can
3. Somemorning bright and fair, we'llmeetHini in the air, with all the
-A- -A- -A- -A -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
- gfe — e_t-__r t~ . • g» — f f t f it t v
Sdt^b
2
5=
F
at
^=p=^
£
£=£=£
y-
I i m-J^f-hT-. — h — N
»«^-* — ---*~d— d — I
gg=gg=EiS
*W
£=^
A
3=5=
5
=P=
ffe
ver - y near,
live each day
blood -washed throng,
J
A
He is our Cap-tain true, guid - ing us
Hap-py, yes, one and all, read-y when
Oh, what a ju - bi - lee, through-out e -
P\ | IN . -a- -F- IN I J\
V-
^=£
* I
id
§
safe - ly thru, with Him we have no fear;
comes the call, Je - sus pre - pares the way;
ter - ni - ty, prais-ing our Lord and King;
- -A- -F- £- „ IN
—ML %'- S—j: — 1?t — 0 e e — _e_
Sing - ing a
He is the
Trou-bles will
fe
k^=£
£
e
-^
S3
p:ijp *i
£
q^— a
A— ^,H4 — A
5=
£
hap-py song, for it will not be long till we shall cross the line,
on - ly King, praises to Him we sing, keeping His face in view,
all be o'er, parting will come no more, nev-er a -gain to roam,
-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-
rr r ,-»ni • f '
mmm
m
d2
_£=zji=^=£:
^=£
4* — U — U-
:§ Fine.
lPl * * y — * , fr*"— a— j 1 i ' w-J— J~J , I i ^ ^~qi
m
Glo-ry to Je -sus, in love He frees us, mak-ing our lives to
Trusting Him ev - er, doubting Him nev-er, knowing He'll take us
Oh, what a sing-ing, joy-bells all ring-ing, when we ar - rive at
; ,ft ft f ft ^ ^ ft f1 £
v=
*
shine.
thru.
home.
-aTI
i
-y-
v-
■y-
D.S. Soon we'll be go - ing upward, and knowing Je- sus will take us
COPYRIGHT, 1935, J. BROCK SPEER, OWNER.
thru.
ft
JESUS WILL TAKE US THROUGH. Concluded.
Chorus.
dfcr : r v ^— -* ^r g k k ^~ ft-
Hy-q— £
ft:
-fe-
ft^^r
f^irit:
ft-
—
^
■^=1—5-
Yes, and sing a song, sing a hap-py song,
Oh, march a -long and sing a song, For it will
3 g 1 J 1 J 1 J 1 J , J «N £ * * J 1 g
is
H?-»-
=■**!
—
-t*-
P-
trir
p p
j^F^^^^j^E^Efeg
#
*
Not be ver - y long, not so ver - y long, Win the
not be ver - y long, Till we shall win the
i .Pi N N -P } -M -T ^ J* i * i J -P
.1 »-" d I tf 1 a e m a s s J 1 X Jj J
§
ifc2
BE
■**-
:P=P=
i
d?— ft
^L y =T—±rr=±z=$r
H?-* !E=1 H ^~-^H-
*
fight truth and right, Is our Cap - tain
fight, for ho-ly truth and right, For Je-sus is our Cap - tain
— * — >-ei ♦. *4-» — « — ♦ — i — i — « — I
A A & A ' A A — A A — A A ■
true, He's a Captain true; Join the an -gel band, join the an-gel band,
true, Soon we shall join the an-gel band,
ix* h ^ N K P ■ M £ r* ^
i # 1 1 % i ^ ^ <* ^ ± * i
r & h pj?j
I
<S£
BEJEl
-» — F-
■tM
W PP
0 n
, h h h h
h N h
D.S.
Vi "
/n U 1
•** l^ilillllSMS 1 ? B i L
r i h
fV " I
A 1 1 J 1 J 1 ^ ' • ry ^ ^ » L L
VUJ
* ri J,
Up
1
K p p
Ho - ly hap - py land, hal - le - lu - jah, glo
in that ho - ly, hap - py land,
X 1 J 1 J T i 1 t-r
P X
■ry, glo -ry,
B 1*
(."•i " *
a ▲ ■ r
WU L m a F
V 17 W
h p
No. 131.
W. B. Walbert.
MESSAGE OF LOVE.
Jt
James d. Walbert.
i x
1. March a - long and sing a song, keep press-ing up the glo ■ ry way,
2. Keep it roll ■ ing, Christ ex - toll - ing, let the hal - le - lu - jahs ring,
3. Go re- joic - ing, prais - es voic-ing, vie ■ to ■ ry is yours to-day,
rt
*
&
P= I b b — & u b
y-
£
fefe^
i
^
s
fl*
My broth -er, Tell with glad -ness, those in sad -ness that they may be
with glad -ness, Tell the sto - ry, give Him glo-ry, ev - er to the
if you will Trust in Je - sus, Him who frees us, all a ■ long the
K
^~
V-
i
^
v==^
■v-
V-
-R
rTTl
-9®r
f>_M,
£
-n-
tr
saved to - day; 0 has ■ ten, Go my broth -ers, tell - ing oth - ers
Sav ■ iour cling; keep cling - ing, Sing it ev - er, doubt it nev - er,
pil ■ grim way; to glo - ry, On - ward go - ing, love be • stow -ing,
V-
£=£
V-
V V
■M^
m
Je • sus is the Christ di -vine, He'll save them, If they want to live in
tell it ev ■ 'ry -where you go, un - til the Lost of ev ■ 'ry tribe and
nev - er let a soul pass by, un • heed - ed, Till with - in the gates of
X
-A A A A A „m A-
glo - ry and with ( with ) Him ( Him ) shine. ( shiue. ) Where you go ,
na-tionHisgrace(e;race)may(may)kiioff(kuoff.) Tell it wher-e'er you go, that the whole
glory, you'resafe(sai'e)on(on) high(high.)
jj t ^77 ? J i b_x
£
1 >» >J X
£
i£=p=
f
«=£
*
^
COPYRIGHT, 1933, WALBERT AND WALBERT, OWNERS.
B
MESSAGE OF LOVE. Concluded.
b h n , fLh_ is , ft
-fv
^PW^
■sfc
5
-=r
world may know, love and peace, Joy increase,
world may know, Message of love and peace, Making our joy in ■ crease,
J;
4£=F
It
■V-
£
5^
i
^
E I r> bg^ g
-^
F
_g «-i£S
*
g r~ a b
* 'i 'Tir^ tttf
Par- don from sin and shame, Cleansing in Je - sus' name;
Sin and shame, Je -sus' name; Oh, keep this
-A-
«i
B
S B g
rurtr
£=£
b b
3
^
— — * p — -
mes - sage of the Sav - iour ring
^W
ing wher-e'er you go.
e'er you go.
Jl
i=
^
=y=
No. 132.
-r-r
— w — 1>-
ENOUGH FOR ME.
Rev. e. A. Hoffman.
§E
#
EE
1,0
1. 0
TT
7?-
— ar
0 grace,
From sin
Poured out
love sur
won - der
3. 0 blood of
pass ■ ing knowledge!
- ml sal ■ va - tion!
Christ, so pre ■ cious,
so full and free!
He makes me free!
on Cal ■ va - ry!
£g
q=
-p-
E^
£±
y-
C%o. And that's e ■ nough for me,
0 that's
jy
e ■ nough for me;
B.C.
a
w
£
*-
Je - sus saves me,
sweet as - sur - ance,
cleansing pow ■ er,
"* W 5J ^
e - nough for me.
e - nough for me-
e - nough for me.
I know that
I feel the
I feel its
And that's
And that's
And that's
m F
1
F*
I know that Je - sus saves me, And that's e - nough for me.
No. 133.
M. A. G.
JUST OVER YONDER.
ft — h — ft
Martin A. Graham
P P g
i
PB=£
¥==g
s
1. We shall hear the joy ■ hells ring, in that home where an - gels sing,
2. Je - sus suf-fered and He died, now we know He's glo - ri - fied,
3. What a hap • py time 'twill be when our Sav-iour we shall see,
f £ £
jt.
#
I
K
§
a
=M-v P tr=q£
£=£
P=^
tr— tr
iV
ft-
I
fc=fc
■■> — ft
3
5
c c ^ c r
Just o - ver yon ■ der,
0 - ver yon -der on that shore;
J^L
on that hap - py gold - en shore;
■4 k ,f~ fr
*
fefe?E
M,— i-^-
^^
s^-
=£=£=£
-P ^
r^£
^
h-
£
f
*=*
-gj-
t— t-
We shall meet our loved ones there, in that home so bright and fair,
All is joy and per - feet love in that hap - py home a - bove,
We shall be so hap • py there and His glo - ry we shall share,
*
SB — b-
t-A
-*tr-£
HA A k-
^
-V — M — M=
:P=5:
M— g
Ss
0
2±
Just o - ver yon -der,
X
O • ver yon -der on that shore.
if jbf
I^Ei
^
on that hap ■ py, gold • en shore.
[5
-2^
to .*. 3 5 AL_
«
:br
Chorus.
u 1/
We'll be hap-py When we meet up there,
We shall be so hap - py, hap - py When we meet up there, in glo - ry,
-+- i
P=U— ^— -£=#=£
■v — * — y-
COPYRIGHT, 193S, JAMES D. VAUGHAN AND M. A. GRAHAM, OWNERS.
f=
■y-
£=
£=£=£
m
JUST OVER YONDER. Concluded.
-IV
W
at
g==^-
3t=*
■f — *
We'll be sing - ing, In that land so fair;
We shall then be sing - ing, sing -ing In that land so fair, for - ev - er,
f $l £ £_f f± i £■ -t -e_ tjK r i*E --e-
£*=^
£$
^
1
g U I g g I
^=^-p— ^^:
=P=
+w
*t
:p=
*
it
*t
J!T-
3&
¥=g^
^~ w u u
Up in heav-en, loved ones we shall see,
Yes, up there in heav-en, ma - ny loved ones we shall see, up yon-der,
fe t t S £ g '
I:
£=*=£=£
•1 g
1
P y b y P ^ y
P
-y-
-t*-
9 V-
■V-
■V-
-v-
-y-
rPr
-j-
-4-
— fe— 1
,
1
(T
i*—
H*-
— k —
— 1^—
— 1 ^— p-
— k^
•
hJ 1
— P h? 1 •
^
b
And
And
-#-
— i —
in
— y—
for
love
f
for ■
- b 5
ev - er
• ev - er, hal
-y-
■ le-
■4
lu-
-A-
s c c rr
with them
jah, with them we shall
be.
be.
-hi
— £ —
-U-
— 14 —
-C-
— a —
— A
— A A A —
-£— y P-
— F —
-4
1 1
m
No. 134.
Isaac Watts.
te
h — h-
MARLOW.
h h i i
John Cheatham.
#
s
5
_^_
i
1
-0- -0- -0- 9- V
1. Come, Ho - ly Spir ■ it, heav'n-ly Dove! With all Tnyquick'ningpow'rs,Kin-
2. Look, how we grov - el here be - low, Fond of these trif - ling toys! Our
3. In vain we tune our for • mal songs, In vain we strive to rise; Ho -
4. Dear Lord, and shall we ev - er live At this poor dy - ing rate; Our
5. Come, Ho - ly Spir - it, heav'n-ly Dove! With all Thy quick'ningpow'rs; Come,
- -£ P>-J *—&—+ . . -*" -*" "*- 1*-
Sa3 ! _
fkfc
-y-
& p a p~
£=t
£ L
-h-
-0
die
a flame of sa - cred love, In these cold hearts of
souls can nei • thc-r fly nor go To reach e - ter - nal
san - nas lan-guish on our tongues, And our de - vo • tion
love so faint, so cold to Thee, And Thine to us so
shed a - broad a Sav - iour's love, And that shall kin - die
1
£=fe
ours.
joys.
dies.
*reat?
ours.
-A-
b | y 1
fe
-rS^
V — I — r
I
No. 135.
W. B. W.
h
J&
ON WINGS OF LOVE.
h-
±
-U=
W. B. Walbert.
^
i
£
stzh^-
B=
b b
"* 5 n l> I % P-
1. Some hap - py day, some morn-ing fair,
2. How soon 'twill be, I can - not tell,
3. And when at last shall dawn that day,
£ j
vm
i=t
4:
-y — y-
^^
b b b
fr
feA
=-n>
£
=J=3
b b p f f £ ~~ ' y b b b b
- - - - - ly toil and care, (with toil and care;)
that all is well, (yes, all is well;)
----- ful all the way, (yes, all the way;)
When thru with earth
But this I know,
If I am faith
_JL1
t-
£gf ^ £ .
S
£
-b — b — b— bub
£=b=
t^r
-h — fv
^n
fM>-
^-
=£
-f— 9*-
I; b
i ^
5TT
jOs
^
My soul shall mount on wings of love, ,
I am con • tent let come what may, .
I'll join the mil lions gone be ■ fore, .
m
To re-gions bright.
To f ol • low Je
And praise the Sav
r~r"b b ?
tTrt (in nnnxr'n o _ V\/-\tt/» .
1-; F h »— — a-
in heav'n a • bove, (in heav'n a • bove./
sus all the way, (yes, all the way.;
iour ev - er-more, (for - ev - er-morev
re, (ior - ev - er-i
X
9 9 ft-
=b=b=b=
Chorus
ft
5=fet
^fegj
-«-*-&
V*
^ b Sd*f Z
Oh, hap • py day! sweet hap ■ py day!
Oh, hap ■ py day! sweet hap ■ py day I
COPYRIGHT, 1935, W. B. WALBERT, OWNER.
ON WINGS OF LOVE. Concluded.
I- J> £ J* .P r^-p-
w
rCT"^
B
When cares snail all
-u, ^_
have passed a - way;
When cares shall all have passed a ■ way ;
m
P g
P g g
^U^-
£
F
f> b af
r^TTT
^rr
f^
My soul shall live in mansions bright,
My soul shall live in mansions bright,
£
^ , g -g p^i
EE5 -
4r-^^
^
H
^
V-
T
v-
^g - ,
In that sweet home where comes no night.
In that sweet home where comes no night .
jff^JJ HA
m
#
=p=p=
V-
~V
No. 136.
ME
MORNING PRAISE.
h h b
-f>
£=£
£
b b b
-rV
5
3
du- ty
while I
do, or
1. A ■ wake my soul! and with the sun Thy dai • ly stage of
2. Thanks be to Thee, who safe has kept, And hast refresh 'd me
3. Di - rect, con-trol, sug-gest this day, All I de • sign, or
r> .p J? i j> , . j. J J J
run;
slept;
say;
Bpei
SM
#=s=p=
ge
=£
g
? m=—9 0 I o i • H ; h • — L^ ™ L0_ia
Shake off dull sloth, and joy - ful rise To pay thymorn-ing
Oh, grant that when from death I wake, I may of end -less
That all mypow'swith all their might, In thy sole glo - ry
l> ♦■!>■-■: * j,;f
W~b b g I '1 9 z=
sac - n ■
life par
may u ■
■fice.
•take,
nite.
a
¥■
&
INDEX.
No.
A Mansion In Heaven 17
A Touch of His Hand On Mine 33
A Wonderful Lord Is He 117
A Wonderful Redeemer Ill
All the Way My Saviour Leads 35
Almost Persuaded 71
Amazing Grace 97
Arlington 107
Asleep In Jesus 101
Away to the Glory-Land 64
Beautiful Heaven 106
Bethany 87
Blessed Hope 108
Blest Be the Tie That Binds 109
•Come, All Ye Weary . . 31
Come Into the Living Way 36
Coming Back Home 41
Dripping From the Cross 11
Enough for Me 132
Ev'ry Song I Sing Points Yonder 27
For His Glory 122
Gathering Buds 69
Get a Little Heaven In You 8
Give Thanks to Him 112
Glory Hallelujah 123
Glory to the King 62
God's Presence 56
Go With a Message 128
Happy Along the Way 38
Happy Days Are Just Ahead 124
Happy In the Homeward Way 88
Happy On I Go 114
Harvest Days are Passing By 113
He's a Friend Indeed 53
He's a Wonderful Saviour 46
He Was Thinking of You and Me 24
His Love 80
His Seal Is On My Soul 47
How Beautiful Heaven Must Be 75
Holy Ghost With Love Divine 89
I Am Happy With Jesus 28
I Feel Like Traveling On 43
I Hear Thy Welcome Voice 83
I Need the Prayers 13
I Shall Be At Home With Jesus 65
Idle Not Your Time Away 32
I'll Sing His Praise 51
I'll Sing the Story 50
I'm Glad In My Heart 21
I'm Happy Each Day 60
I'm Moving There Some Day 76
In the Home-Land By and By 4
In the Home-Land of the Soul 104
In the Morning 70
It Cometh From the Lord 12
It Won't Be Long 126
I've Found a Friend In Jesus 66
Jesus Is Pleading For You 5
Jesus Lifted Me 44
Tesus the Saviour of Men 14
Jesus Will Take Us Through 130
Just As I Am 95
Just Over Yonder 133
Just the Blessing That I Need 15
Keep On the Firing Line 74
Lord, Revive Us 99
Lord, Send Us the Power 3
Love Keeps Me Happy 18
Mansions In Glory 19
Marlow 134
No.
Message of Love 131
Morning Praise 136
My Faith Looks Up to Thee 91
My Home, Sweet Home 13
My Past Is all Under the Blood 10
Near the Cross 81
Oh, Happy Day 92
On Life's Ocean 39
On the Glory Road 125
On the Glory Side 40
On Wings of Love 135
Onward and Upward, Doing My Best. . . 86
Our Bleeding Saviour 94
Over On the Hills of Glory 127
Praise to the King 90
Reveal Thy Will to Me 49
Rock of Ages 105
Rolling On the Wheels of Time.. In. F. Cov.
Sailing On Life's Ocean 63
Shake Hands With Mother Again 79
Shouting and Singing 115
Since My Introduction to the King 116
Since the Burden Rolled Away 120
Singing With That Happy Band 118
Somebody Knocked 6
Somewhere In Heaven 55
Songs of Love 121
Sunrise for Me Preface
Sunrise In Glory 1
Tell It Everywhere You Go 45
Tell My Friends I'm Coming 67
Tell the Sweet Story In Song 58
That Beautiful City 84
That Is the Place for Me 34
The Cleansing Wave 85
The Great Change 2
The Great Judgment 129
The Old Cross Road 26
The Rainbow of Promise 102
There Is a Fountain 93
There Is Joy In the Lord 20
There Will Be No Shadows 110
To Thee, O Lord 11
'Twill Be Sunrise In Glory 72
Voices From Heaven 25
Walking In the Way of Love 22
We are Saved to Serve 48
We Shall Reap What We Sow.. In. B. Cover
We Shall Reign On the Earth 100
We Shall Ride Above the Clouds 9
We'll Cease Traveling 52
We'll Ride the Clouds Some Day 119
We'll Walk the Street of Gold 82
We'll Work Till Jesus Comes 59
What a Day, What a Time 29
What a Friend 61
What a Meeting 37
When He Comes to Earth Again 42
When He Reigns a Thousand Years .... 54
When Jesus Comes for Me 23
When Loved Ones Fall Asleep 57
When We Get Home 68
When We March Through the Gate 7
When We Step Inside the Gate 16
Where He Leads Me 103
Wonderful Friend Is He 96
Wonderful Homeland 78
Working for the Master 30
You Need Jesus 98
James D. Vaughan, Lawrenceburg, Tennessee
GOING UP THE GLORY WAY.
W. B. WALBERT.
reV. Morris Lee.
fe
lAz*~ -T.
3=j
t— H-ft
t=*
1. Homeward I'm go -nig, sing-ing a song, Hap- py and glad as I
2. Tell • ing the news of won-der -ful love, How Je • sus came from His
3. Glo - ry is wait - ing yon - der, I know, Won-der • ful joy will our
mt
fe£
£
$ee£
m
&
HA * 14-
t p r
E i P i
i
-tv
^
T~^~^-^-g
trav - el a - long; Trusting my Lord as on - ward
throne up a - bove: Giv-ing His life that all might
hearts o - ver-flow; Therewith our loved ones, nev - er
-A A
Wi
I go, Washed in the
be free, Pay -ing the
to roam, Safe ev • er ■
A A A-
£
*^£
±fc
m
i
Chorus.
blood and made whit -er than snow. Go - ing
price on mount Cal-va-ry's tree. Go - ing, go ■
more in that beau - ti - ful home.
i-Z-
&-
mg
3l_
up the glo • ry way,
up the glo • ry way,
£-£JL
§
-r* — A-
g*=^
S=£
J.
J-
£
i
^
^
i1 £ f g
^3se
it
March - ing to the land of day; Hap - py,
March -ing, march -ing to the land of day; Hap - py, hap - py,
£
&
?^£
r
t> — tr
^t=tt
J,
E , -ft .D .D ft
I
s&
♦t-
32
sing ing as I go, Washed and made whit - er than the snow,
sing • ing as I go , Washed in the blood
*=£
4L^_
£
iz.
*=
-# — #-= — ^ — • — i —
i
^
5=P=
~pu
COPYRIGHT. 1935, BY JAMES D. VAUGHAN.
Over 4,700,000 Vaughan Song Books
Published up to August 1, 1935.
TITLES OF BOOKS
Sunrise In Glory (1936) Harmony Heaven (1935)
Glory Chimes No. 2 (1935) Sweet Heaven (1934)
Home-Coming Welcome (1932) Glory Chimes (1934)
Bells of Heaven (1930) New Gospel Voices (1933)
Highest Hosannas (1928) Trumpets of Jubilee (1929)
Millennial Praise (1927) Millennial Revival (1928)
Heavenly Praises (1925) Pleasures of Heaven (1926)
Awakening Praises (1923) Hallelujahs (1922)
Heavenly Voices (1918) Praise Divine (1917)
The above popular books are admirably adapted to the needs
of the Sunday-School and all kinds of religious work. They are
furnished in shaped notes at uniform prices. The price of each
annual book is 35 cents a copy, or $3.60 a dozen, post-paid.
Vaughani School of Music
Master Music School of the South; modern in methods, men
and music. This school prepares men and women for teaching,
composing, and trains for conducting, quartet singing, writing,
or anything in the gospel song work line.
Vaughan's Family Visitor
Is published each month. It is devoted to Music, Poetry and
good Home Literature. It is safe, pure and clean, and should
be in every home. Subscription price 50 cents a year,
Vaughan Phonograph Records
The recordings made by the celebrated Vaughan Quartets are
known from ocean to ocean. We record the very best gospel
songs, and our line is exclusive. We are closing out our stock
of records at very low prices.
Miscellaneous
New Sacred Quartet Book (male) 60 cents a copy
Concert Quartet Book 60 cents a copy
Sunshine Choruses 15 cents a copy
Vaughan's School Songs Rudiments 25 cents a copy
Unseld's Rudiments 25 cents a copy
JAMES D. VAUGHAN
MUSIC PUBLISHER
Lawrenceburg, Tenn.
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11